* elf.c (swap_out_syms): Avoid preprocessing directive within
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23
24 /*
25 SECTION
26 ELF backends
27
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
35
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37 #define _SYSCALL32
38 #include "sysdep.h"
39 #include "bfd.h"
40 #include "bfdlink.h"
41 #include "libbfd.h"
42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
52 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
53 file_ptr offset);
54
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
58
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
60
61 void
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
65 {
66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
73 }
74
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
76
77 void
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
81 {
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
89 }
90
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
92
93 void
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
97 {
98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
100 }
101
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
103
104 void
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
108 {
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
111 }
112
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
114
115 void
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
119 {
120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
125 }
126
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
128
129 void
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
133 {
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
139 }
140
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
142
143 void
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
147 {
148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
153 }
154
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
156
157 void
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
161 {
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
167 }
168
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
170
171 void
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
173 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
175 {
176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
177 }
178
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
180
181 void
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
184 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
185 {
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
187 }
188
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
191
192 unsigned long
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
194 {
195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
196 unsigned long h = 0;
197 unsigned long g;
198 int ch;
199
200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
201 {
202 h = (h << 4) + ch;
203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
204 {
205 h ^= g >> 24;
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
208 h ^= g;
209 }
210 }
211 return h & 0xffffffff;
212 }
213
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
216
217 unsigned long
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
219 {
220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
221 unsigned long h = 5381;
222 unsigned char ch;
223
224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
226 return h & 0xffffffff;
227 }
228
229 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
230 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
231 bfd_boolean
232 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
233 size_t object_size,
234 enum elf_object_id object_id)
235 {
236 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
237 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
238 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
239 return FALSE;
240
241 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
242 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246
247 bfd_boolean
248 bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd *abfd)
249 {
250 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
251 GENERIC_ELF_TDATA);
252 }
253
254 bfd_boolean
255 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
256 {
257 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
258 return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd);
259 }
260
261 char *
262 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
263 {
264 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
265 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
266 file_ptr offset;
267 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
268
269 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
270 if (i_shdrp == 0
271 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
272 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
273 return NULL;
274
275 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
276 if (shstrtab == NULL)
277 {
278 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
279 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
280 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
281
282 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
283 in case the string table is not terminated. */
284 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
285 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
286 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
287 shstrtab = NULL;
288 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
289 {
290 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
292 shstrtab = NULL;
293 }
294 else
295 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
296 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
297 }
298 return (char *) shstrtab;
299 }
300
301 char *
302 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
303 unsigned int shindex,
304 unsigned int strindex)
305 {
306 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
307
308 if (strindex == 0)
309 return "";
310
311 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
312 return NULL;
313
314 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
315
316 if (hdr->contents == NULL
317 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
318 return NULL;
319
320 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
321 {
322 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
323 (*_bfd_error_handler)
324 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
325 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
326 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
327 ? ".shstrtab"
328 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
329 return "";
330 }
331
332 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
333 }
334
335 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
336 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
337 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
338 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
339 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
340 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
341 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
342
343 Elf_Internal_Sym *
344 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
345 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
346 size_t symcount,
347 size_t symoffset,
348 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
349 void *extsym_buf,
350 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
351 {
352 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
353 void *alloc_ext;
354 const bfd_byte *esym;
355 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
356 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
357 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
358 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
359 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
360 size_t extsym_size;
361 bfd_size_type amt;
362 file_ptr pos;
363
364 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
365 abort ();
366
367 if (symcount == 0)
368 return intsym_buf;
369
370 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
371 shndx_hdr = NULL;
372 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
373 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
374
375 /* Read the symbols. */
376 alloc_ext = NULL;
377 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
378 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
379 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
380 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
381 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
382 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
383 {
384 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
385 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
386 }
387 if (extsym_buf == NULL
388 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
389 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
390 {
391 intsym_buf = NULL;
392 goto out;
393 }
394
395 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
396 extshndx_buf = NULL;
397 else
398 {
399 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
400 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
401 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
402 {
403 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
404 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
405 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
406 }
407 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
408 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
409 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
410 {
411 intsym_buf = NULL;
412 goto out;
413 }
414 }
415
416 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
417 {
418 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
419 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
420 goto out;
421 }
422
423 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
424 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
425 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
426 isym < isymend;
427 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
428 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
429 {
430 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
431 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
432 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
433 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
434 intsym_buf = NULL;
435 goto out;
436 }
437
438 out:
439 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
440 free (alloc_ext);
441 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
442 free (alloc_extshndx);
443
444 return intsym_buf;
445 }
446
447 /* Look up a symbol name. */
448 const char *
449 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
450 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
451 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
452 asection *sym_sec)
453 {
454 const char *name;
455 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
456 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
457
458 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
459 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
460 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
461 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
462 {
463 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
464 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
465 }
466
467 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
468 if (name == NULL)
469 name = "(null)";
470 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
471 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
472
473 return name;
474 }
475
476 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
477 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
478 pointers. */
479
480 typedef union elf_internal_group {
481 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
482 unsigned int flags;
483 } Elf_Internal_Group;
484
485 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
486 signature just a string? */
487
488 static const char *
489 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
490 {
491 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
492 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
493 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
494 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
495
496 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
497 that it is a symbol table section. */
498 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
499 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
500 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
501 return NULL;
502
503 /* Go read the symbol. */
504 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
505 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
506 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
507 return NULL;
508
509 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
510 }
511
512 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
513
514 static bfd_boolean
515 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
516 {
517 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
518
519 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
520 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
521 if (num_group == 0)
522 {
523 unsigned int i, shnum;
524
525 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
526 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
527 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
528 num_group = 0;
529
530 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
531 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
532 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
533 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
534 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
535
536 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
537 {
538 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
539
540 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
541 num_group += 1;
542 }
543
544 if (num_group == 0)
545 {
546 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
547 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
548 }
549 else
550 {
551 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
552 so we can find them quickly. */
553 bfd_size_type amt;
554
555 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
556 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
557 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
558 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
559 return FALSE;
560
561 num_group = 0;
562 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
563 {
564 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
565
566 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
567 {
568 unsigned char *src;
569 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
570
571 /* Add to list of sections. */
572 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
573 num_group += 1;
574
575 /* Read the raw contents. */
576 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
577 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
578 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
579 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
580 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
581 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
582 {
583 _bfd_error_handler
584 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
586 return FALSE;
587 }
588
589 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
590
591 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
592 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
593 != shdr->sh_size))
594 return FALSE;
595
596 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
597 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
598 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
599 pointers. */
600 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
601 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
602 while (1)
603 {
604 unsigned int idx;
605
606 src -= 4;
607 --dest;
608 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
609 if (src == shdr->contents)
610 {
611 dest->flags = idx;
612 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
613 shdr->bfd_section->flags
614 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
615 break;
616 }
617 if (idx >= shnum)
618 {
619 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
620 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
621 idx = 0;
622 }
623 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
624 }
625 }
626 }
627 }
628 }
629
630 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
631 {
632 unsigned int i;
633
634 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
635 {
636 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
637 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
638 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
639
640 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
641 section is a member. */
642 while (--n_elt != 0)
643 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
644 {
645 asection *s = NULL;
646
647 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
648 other members to see if any others are linked via
649 next_in_group. */
650 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
651 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
652 while (--n_elt != 0)
653 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
654 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
655 break;
656 if (n_elt != 0)
657 {
658 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
659 insert current section in circular list. */
660 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
661 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
662 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
663 }
664 else
665 {
666 const char *gname;
667
668 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
669 if (gname == NULL)
670 return FALSE;
671 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
672
673 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
674 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
675 }
676
677 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
678 new member. */
679 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
680 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
681
682 i = num_group - 1;
683 break;
684 }
685 }
686 }
687
688 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
689 {
690 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
691 abfd, newsect);
692 }
693 return TRUE;
694 }
695
696 bfd_boolean
697 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
698 {
699 unsigned int i;
700 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
701 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
702 asection *s;
703
704 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
705 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
706 {
707 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
708 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
709 {
710 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
711 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
712 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
713 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
714 if (elfsec == 0)
715 {
716 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
717 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
718 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
719 bed->link_order_error_handler
720 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
721 abfd, s);
722 }
723 else
724 {
725 asection *link;
726
727 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
728
729 /* PR 1991, 2008:
730 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
731 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
732 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
733 if (link == NULL)
734 {
735 (*_bfd_error_handler)
736 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
737 s->owner, s, elfsec);
738 result = FALSE;
739 }
740
741 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
742 }
743 }
744 }
745
746 /* Process section groups. */
747 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
748 return result;
749
750 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
751 {
752 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
753 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
754 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
755
756 while (--n_elt != 0)
757 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
758 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
759 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
760 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
761 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
762 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
763 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
764 relocation sections are in section group in input object
765 files. */
766 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
767 else
768 {
769 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
770 (*_bfd_error_handler)
771 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
772 abfd,
773 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
774 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
775 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
776 ->e_shstrndx),
777 idx->shdr->sh_name),
778 shdr->bfd_section->name);
779 result = FALSE;
780 }
781 }
782 return result;
783 }
784
785 bfd_boolean
786 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
787 {
788 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
789 }
790
791 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
792 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
793
794 bfd_boolean
795 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
796 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
797 const char *name,
798 int shindex)
799 {
800 asection *newsect;
801 flagword flags;
802 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
803
804 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
805 {
806 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
807 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
808 return TRUE;
809 }
810
811 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
812 if (newsect == NULL)
813 return FALSE;
814
815 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
816 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
817 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
818
819 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
820 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
821 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
822
823 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
824
825 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
826 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
827 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
828 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
829 return FALSE;
830
831 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
832 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
833 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
834 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
835 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
836 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
837 {
838 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
839 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
840 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
841 }
842 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
843 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
844 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
845 flags |= SEC_CODE;
846 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
847 flags |= SEC_DATA;
848 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
849 {
850 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
851 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
852 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
853 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
854 }
855 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
856 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
857 return FALSE;
858 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
859 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
860
861 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
862 {
863 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
864 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
865 static const struct
866 {
867 const char *name;
868 int len;
869 } debug_sections [] =
870 {
871 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
872 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
873 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
874 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
875 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
876 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
877 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
878 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
879 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
880 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
881 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
882 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
883 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
884 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
885 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
886 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
887 };
888
889 if (name [0] == '.')
890 {
891 int i = name [1] - 'd';
892 if (i >= 0
893 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
894 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
895 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
896 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
897 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
898 }
899 }
900
901 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
902 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
903 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
904 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
905 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
906 all but one of the sections. */
907 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
908 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
909 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
910
911 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
912 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
913 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
914 return FALSE;
915
916 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
917 return FALSE;
918
919 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
920 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
921 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
922 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
923 {
924 char *contents;
925
926 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
927 if (!contents)
928 return FALSE;
929
930 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 0,
931 hdr->sh_size)
932 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, contents, hdr->sh_size, -1))
933 {
934 free (contents);
935 return FALSE;
936 }
937
938 free (contents);
939 }
940
941 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
942 {
943 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
944 unsigned int i;
945
946 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
947 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
948 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
949 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
950 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
951 {
952 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
953 break;
954 }
955 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
956 {
957 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
958 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
959 {
960 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
961 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
962 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
963 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
964
965 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
966 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
967 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
968 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
969 place special significance on the address 0 and
970 executables need to be able to have a segment which
971 covers this address. */
972 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
973 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
974 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
975 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
976 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
977 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
978 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
979 {
980 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
981 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
982 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
983 else
984 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
985 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
986 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
987 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
988 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
989 segment will contain sections with contiguous
990 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
991 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
992 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
993
994 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
995 offsets whether a section with zero size should
996 be placed at the end of one segment or the
997 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
998 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
999 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1000 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1001 break;
1002 }
1003 }
1004 }
1005 }
1006
1007 return TRUE;
1008 }
1009
1010 /*
1011 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
1012 bfd_elf_find_section
1013
1014 SYNOPSIS
1015 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1016
1017 DESCRIPTION
1018 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1019 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1020 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1021 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1022 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1023 */
1024
1025 struct elf_internal_shdr *
1026 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
1027 {
1028 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
1029 char *shstrtab;
1030 unsigned int max;
1031 unsigned int i;
1032
1033 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
1034 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
1035 {
1036 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
1037 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
1038 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1039 {
1040 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1041 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1042 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1043 return i_shdrp[i];
1044 }
1045 }
1046 return 0;
1047 }
1048
1049 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1050 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1051 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1052 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1053 };
1054
1055 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1056 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1057 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1058 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1059 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1060 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1061 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1062 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1063 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1064
1065 bfd_reloc_status_type
1066 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1067 arelent *reloc_entry,
1068 asymbol *symbol,
1069 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1070 asection *input_section,
1071 bfd *output_bfd,
1072 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1073 {
1074 if (output_bfd != NULL
1075 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1076 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1077 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1078 {
1079 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1080 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1081 }
1082
1083 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1084 }
1085 \f
1086 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1087 another. */
1088
1089 bfd_boolean
1090 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1091 {
1092 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1093 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1094 return TRUE;
1095
1096 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1097 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1098 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1099
1100 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1101 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1102 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1103
1104 /* Copy object attributes. */
1105 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1106
1107 return TRUE;
1108 }
1109
1110 static const char *
1111 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1112 {
1113 const char *pt;
1114 switch (p_type)
1115 {
1116 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1117 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1118 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1119 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1120 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1121 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1122 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1123 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1124 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1125 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1126 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1127 default: pt = NULL; break;
1128 }
1129 return pt;
1130 }
1131
1132 /* Print out the program headers. */
1133
1134 bfd_boolean
1135 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1136 {
1137 FILE *f = farg;
1138 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1139 asection *s;
1140 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1141
1142 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1143 if (p != NULL)
1144 {
1145 unsigned int i, c;
1146
1147 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1148 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1149 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1150 {
1151 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1152 char buf[20];
1153
1154 if (pt == NULL)
1155 {
1156 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1157 pt = buf;
1158 }
1159 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1160 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1161 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1162 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1163 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1164 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1165 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1166 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1167 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1168 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1169 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1170 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1171 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1172 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1173 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1174 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1175 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1176 fprintf (f, "\n");
1177 }
1178 }
1179
1180 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1181 if (s != NULL)
1182 {
1183 int elfsec;
1184 unsigned long shlink;
1185 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1186 size_t extdynsize;
1187 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1188
1189 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1190
1191 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1192 goto error_return;
1193
1194 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1195 if (elfsec == -1)
1196 goto error_return;
1197 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1198
1199 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1200 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1201
1202 extdyn = dynbuf;
1203 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1204 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1205 {
1206 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1207 const char *name;
1208 char ab[20];
1209 bfd_boolean stringp;
1210
1211 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1212
1213 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1214 break;
1215
1216 stringp = FALSE;
1217 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1218 {
1219 default:
1220 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1221 name = ab;
1222 break;
1223
1224 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1225 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1226 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1227 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1228 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1229 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1230 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1231 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1232 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1233 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1234 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1235 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1236 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1237 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1238 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1239 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1240 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1241 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1242 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1243 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1244 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1245 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1246 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1247 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1248 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1249 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1250 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1251 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1252 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1253 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1254 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1255 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1256 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1257 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1258 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1259 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1260 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1261 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1262 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1263 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1264 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1265 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1267 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1268 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1269 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1270 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1271 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1272 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1273 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1274 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1275 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1276 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1277 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1278 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1279 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1280 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1281 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1282 }
1283
1284 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1285 if (! stringp)
1286 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1287 else
1288 {
1289 const char *string;
1290 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1291
1292 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1293 if (string == NULL)
1294 goto error_return;
1295 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1296 }
1297 fprintf (f, "\n");
1298 }
1299
1300 free (dynbuf);
1301 dynbuf = NULL;
1302 }
1303
1304 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1305 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1306 {
1307 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1308 return FALSE;
1309 }
1310
1311 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1312 {
1313 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1314
1315 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1316 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1317 {
1318 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1319 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1320 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1321 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1322 {
1323 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1324
1325 fprintf (f, "\t");
1326 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1327 a != NULL;
1328 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1329 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1330 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1331 fprintf (f, "\n");
1332 }
1333 }
1334 }
1335
1336 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1337 {
1338 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1339
1340 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1341 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1342 {
1343 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1344
1345 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1346 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1347 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1348 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1349 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1350 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1351 }
1352 }
1353
1354 return TRUE;
1355
1356 error_return:
1357 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1358 free (dynbuf);
1359 return FALSE;
1360 }
1361
1362 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1363
1364 void
1365 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1366 void *filep,
1367 asymbol *symbol,
1368 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1369 {
1370 FILE *file = filep;
1371 switch (how)
1372 {
1373 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1374 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1375 break;
1376 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1377 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1378 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1379 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1380 break;
1381 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1382 {
1383 const char *section_name;
1384 const char *name = NULL;
1385 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1386 unsigned char st_other;
1387 bfd_vma val;
1388
1389 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1390
1391 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1392 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1393 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1394
1395 if (name == NULL)
1396 {
1397 name = symbol->name;
1398 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1399 }
1400
1401 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1402 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1403 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1404 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1405 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1406 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1407 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1408 else
1409 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1410 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1411
1412 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1413 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1414 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1415 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1416 {
1417 unsigned int vernum;
1418 const char *version_string;
1419
1420 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1421
1422 if (vernum == 0)
1423 version_string = "";
1424 else if (vernum == 1)
1425 version_string = "Base";
1426 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1427 version_string =
1428 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1429 else
1430 {
1431 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1432
1433 version_string = "";
1434 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1435 t != NULL;
1436 t = t->vn_nextref)
1437 {
1438 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1439
1440 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1441 {
1442 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1443 {
1444 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1445 break;
1446 }
1447 }
1448 }
1449 }
1450
1451 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1452 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1453 else
1454 {
1455 int i;
1456
1457 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1458 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1459 putc (' ', file);
1460 }
1461 }
1462
1463 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1464 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1465
1466 switch (st_other)
1467 {
1468 case 0: break;
1469 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1470 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1471 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1472 default:
1473 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1474 everything hex. */
1475 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1476 }
1477
1478 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1479 }
1480 break;
1481 }
1482 }
1483
1484 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1485
1486 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1487 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1488 {
1489 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1490
1491 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1492 if (ret != NULL)
1493 {
1494 bfd_size_type loc;
1495
1496 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1497 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1498 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1499 {
1500 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1501 ret = NULL;
1502 }
1503 }
1504 return ret;
1505 }
1506 \f
1507 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1508
1509 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1510
1511 bfd_boolean
1512 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1513 {
1514 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1515 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1516 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1517 const char *name;
1518
1519 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1520 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1521 hdr->sh_name);
1522 if (name == NULL)
1523 return FALSE;
1524
1525 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1526 {
1527 case SHT_NULL:
1528 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1529 return TRUE;
1530
1531 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1532 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1533 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1534 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1535 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1536 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1537 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1538 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1539 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1540 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1541
1542 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1543 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1544 return FALSE;
1545 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1546 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1547 return FALSE;
1548 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1549 {
1550 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1551
1552 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1553 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1554 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1555 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1556 {
1557 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1558 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1559 }
1560 else
1561 {
1562 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1563
1564 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1565 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1566 {
1567 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1568 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1569 {
1570 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1571 break;
1572 }
1573 }
1574 }
1575 }
1576 break;
1577
1578 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1579 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1580 return TRUE;
1581
1582 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1583 return FALSE;
1584 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1585 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1586 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1587 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1588 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1589
1590 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1591 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1592 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1593 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1594 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1595 linker. */
1596 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1597 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1598 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1599 shindex))
1600 return FALSE;
1601
1602 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1603 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1604 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1605 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1606 {
1607 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1608
1609 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1610 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1611 {
1612 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1613 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1614 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1615 break;
1616 }
1617 if (i == num_sec)
1618 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1619 {
1620 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1621 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1622 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1623 break;
1624 }
1625 if (i != shindex)
1626 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1627 }
1628 return TRUE;
1629
1630 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1631 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1632 return TRUE;
1633
1634 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1635 return FALSE;
1636 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1637 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1638 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1639 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1640 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1641
1642 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1643 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1644 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1645
1646 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1647 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1648 return TRUE;
1649
1650 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1651 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1652 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1653 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1654 return TRUE;
1655
1656 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1657 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1658 return TRUE;
1659 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1660 {
1661 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1662 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1663 return TRUE;
1664 }
1665 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1666 {
1667 symtab_strtab:
1668 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1669 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1670 return TRUE;
1671 }
1672 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1673 {
1674 dynsymtab_strtab:
1675 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1676 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1677 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1678 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1679 can handle it. */
1680 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1681 shindex);
1682 }
1683
1684 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1685 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1686 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1687 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1688 {
1689 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1690
1691 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1692 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1693 {
1694 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1695 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1696 {
1697 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1698 if (i == shindex)
1699 return FALSE;
1700 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1701 return FALSE;
1702 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1703 goto symtab_strtab;
1704 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1705 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1706 }
1707 }
1708 }
1709 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1710
1711 case SHT_REL:
1712 case SHT_RELA:
1713 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1714 {
1715 asection *target_sect;
1716 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1717 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1718
1719 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1720 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1721 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1722 return FALSE;
1723
1724 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1725 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1726 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1727 {
1728 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1729 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1730 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1731 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1732 shindex);
1733 }
1734
1735 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1736 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1737 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1738 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1739 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1740 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1741 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1742 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1743 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1744 {
1745 unsigned int scan;
1746 int found;
1747
1748 found = 0;
1749 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1750 {
1751 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1752 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1753 {
1754 if (found != 0)
1755 {
1756 found = 0;
1757 break;
1758 }
1759 found = scan;
1760 }
1761 }
1762 if (found != 0)
1763 hdr->sh_link = found;
1764 }
1765
1766 /* Get the symbol table. */
1767 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1768 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1769 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1770 return FALSE;
1771
1772 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1773 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1774 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1775 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1776 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1777 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1778 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1779 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1780 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1781 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1782 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1783 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1784 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1785 shindex);
1786
1787 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1788 return FALSE;
1789 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1790 if (target_sect == NULL)
1791 return FALSE;
1792
1793 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1794 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1795 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1796 else
1797 {
1798 bfd_size_type amt;
1799 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1800 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1801 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1802 if (hdr2 == NULL)
1803 return FALSE;
1804 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1805 }
1806 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1807 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1808 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1809 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1810 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1811 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1812 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1813 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1814 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1815 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1816 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1817 return TRUE;
1818 }
1819
1820 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1821 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1822 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1823 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1824
1825 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1826 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1827 return FALSE;
1828 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1829 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1830 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1831
1832 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1833 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1834 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1835 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1836
1837 case SHT_SHLIB:
1838 return TRUE;
1839
1840 case SHT_GROUP:
1841 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1842 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1843 name. */
1844 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1845 return FALSE;
1846 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
1847 if (name == NULL)
1848 return FALSE;
1849 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1850 return FALSE;
1851 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1852 {
1853 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1854 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1855 asection *s;
1856
1857 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1858 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1859 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1860
1861 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1862 idx += n_elt;
1863 while (--n_elt != 0)
1864 {
1865 --idx;
1866
1867 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1868 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1869 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1870 {
1871 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1872 break;
1873 }
1874 }
1875 }
1876 break;
1877
1878 default:
1879 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1880 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1881 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1882 {
1883 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1884 return FALSE;
1885 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1886 return TRUE;
1887 }
1888
1889 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1890 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1891 return TRUE;
1892
1893 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1894 {
1895 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1896 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1897 for applications? */
1898 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1899 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1900 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1901 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1902 else
1903 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1904 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1905 shindex);
1906 }
1907 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1908 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1909 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1910 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1911 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1912 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1913 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1914 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1915 {
1916 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1917 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1918 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1919 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1920 be rejected with an error message. */
1921 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1922 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1923 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1924 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1925 else
1926 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1927 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1928 }
1929 else
1930 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1931 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1932 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1933 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1934
1935 return FALSE;
1936 }
1937
1938 return TRUE;
1939 }
1940
1941 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1942 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1943
1944 asection *
1945 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1946 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1947 asection *sec,
1948 unsigned long r_symndx)
1949 {
1950 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1951 asection *s;
1952
1953 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1954 {
1955 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1956 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1957 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1958 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1959
1960 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1961 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1962 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1963 return NULL;
1964
1965 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1966 {
1967 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1968 cache->abfd = abfd;
1969 }
1970 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1971 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1972 }
1973
1974 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1975 if (s != NULL)
1976 return s;
1977
1978 return sec;
1979 }
1980
1981 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1982 section. */
1983
1984 asection *
1985 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
1986 {
1987 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1988 return NULL;
1989 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
1990 }
1991
1992 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
1993 {
1994 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1995 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1996 };
1997
1998 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
1999 {
2000 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2001 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2002 };
2003
2004 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2005 {
2006 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2007 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2008 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2009 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2010 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2011 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2012 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2016 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2017 };
2018
2019 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2020 {
2021 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2022 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2023 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2024 };
2025
2026 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2027 {
2028 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2029 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2030 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2031 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2033 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2035 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2036 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2037 };
2038
2039 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2040 {
2041 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2042 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2043 };
2044
2045 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2046 {
2047 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2048 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2049 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2050 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2051 };
2052
2053 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2054 {
2055 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2056 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2057 };
2058
2059 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2060 {
2061 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2063 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2064 };
2065
2066 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2067 {
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2070 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2071 };
2072
2073 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2074 {
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2077 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2078 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2079 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2080 };
2081
2082 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2083 {
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2087 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2088 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2089 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2090 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2091 };
2092
2093 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2094 {
2095 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2096 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2098 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2099 };
2100
2101 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2102 {
2103 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2104 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2105 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2106 NULL, /* 'e' */
2107 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2108 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2109 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2110 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2111 NULL, /* 'j' */
2112 NULL, /* 'k' */
2113 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2114 NULL, /* 'm' */
2115 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2116 NULL, /* 'o' */
2117 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2118 NULL, /* 'q' */
2119 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2120 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2121 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2122 };
2123
2124 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2125 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2126 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2127 unsigned int rela)
2128 {
2129 int i;
2130 int len;
2131
2132 len = strlen (name);
2133
2134 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2135 {
2136 int suffix_len;
2137 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2138
2139 if (len < prefix_len)
2140 continue;
2141 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2142 continue;
2143
2144 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2145 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2146 {
2147 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2148 {
2149 if (suffix_len == 0)
2150 continue;
2151 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2152 && (suffix_len == -2
2153 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2154 continue;
2155 }
2156 }
2157 else
2158 {
2159 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2160 continue;
2161 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2162 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2163 suffix_len) != 0)
2164 continue;
2165 }
2166 return &spec[i];
2167 }
2168
2169 return NULL;
2170 }
2171
2172 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2173 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2174 {
2175 int i;
2176 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2177 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2178
2179 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2180 if (sec->name == NULL)
2181 return NULL;
2182
2183 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2184 spec = bed->special_sections;
2185 if (spec)
2186 {
2187 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2188 bed->special_sections,
2189 sec->use_rela_p);
2190 if (spec != NULL)
2191 return spec;
2192 }
2193
2194 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2195 return NULL;
2196
2197 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2198 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2199 return NULL;
2200
2201 spec = special_sections[i];
2202
2203 if (spec == NULL)
2204 return NULL;
2205
2206 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2207 }
2208
2209 bfd_boolean
2210 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2211 {
2212 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2213 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2214 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2215
2216 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2217 if (sdata == NULL)
2218 {
2219 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2220 if (sdata == NULL)
2221 return FALSE;
2222 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2223 }
2224
2225 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2226 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2227 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2228
2229 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2230 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2231 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2232 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2233 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2234 elf_fake_sections. */
2235 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2236 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2237 {
2238 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2239 if (ssect != NULL)
2240 {
2241 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2242 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2243 }
2244 }
2245
2246 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2247 }
2248
2249 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2250
2251 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2252 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2253 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2254 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2255
2256 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2257 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2258 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2259 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2260 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2261 of combined data+bss.
2262
2263 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2264 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2265 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2266 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2267 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2268
2269 */
2270
2271 bfd_boolean
2272 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2273 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2274 int index,
2275 const char *typename)
2276 {
2277 asection *newsect;
2278 char *name;
2279 char namebuf[64];
2280 size_t len;
2281 int split;
2282
2283 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2284 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2285 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2286
2287 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2288 {
2289 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2290 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2291 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2292 if (!name)
2293 return FALSE;
2294 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2295 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2296 if (newsect == NULL)
2297 return FALSE;
2298 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2299 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2300 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2301 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2302 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2303 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2304 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2305 {
2306 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2307 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2308 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2309 {
2310 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2311 may be data. */
2312 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2313 }
2314 }
2315 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2316 {
2317 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2318 }
2319 }
2320
2321 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2322 {
2323 bfd_vma align;
2324
2325 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : "");
2326 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2327 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2328 if (!name)
2329 return FALSE;
2330 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2331 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2332 if (newsect == NULL)
2333 return FALSE;
2334 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2335 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2336 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2337 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2338 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2339 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2340 align = hdr->p_align;
2341 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2342 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2343 {
2344 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2345 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2346 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2347 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2348 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2349 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2350 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2351 newsect->size = 0;
2352 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2353 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2354 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2355 }
2356 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2357 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2358 }
2359
2360 return TRUE;
2361 }
2362
2363 bfd_boolean
2364 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2365 {
2366 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2367
2368 switch (hdr->p_type)
2369 {
2370 case PT_NULL:
2371 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2372
2373 case PT_LOAD:
2374 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2375
2376 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2377 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2378
2379 case PT_INTERP:
2380 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2381
2382 case PT_NOTE:
2383 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2384 return FALSE;
2385 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2386 return FALSE;
2387 return TRUE;
2388
2389 case PT_SHLIB:
2390 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2391
2392 case PT_PHDR:
2393 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2394
2395 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2396 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2397 "eh_frame_hdr");
2398
2399 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2400 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2401
2402 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2403 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2404
2405 default:
2406 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2407 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2408 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2409 }
2410 }
2411
2412 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2413 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2414 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2415
2416 bfd_boolean
2417 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2418 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2419 asection *asect,
2420 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2421 {
2422 char *name;
2423 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2424 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2425
2426 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2427 if (name == NULL)
2428 return FALSE;
2429 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2430 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2431 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2432 FALSE);
2433 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2434 return FALSE;
2435 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2436 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2437 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2438 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2439 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2440 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2441 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2442 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2443 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2444
2445 return TRUE;
2446 }
2447
2448 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2449
2450 static void
2451 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2452 {
2453 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2454 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2455 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2456 unsigned int sh_type;
2457
2458 if (*failedptr)
2459 {
2460 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2461 loop. */
2462 return;
2463 }
2464
2465 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2466
2467 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2468 asect->name, FALSE);
2469 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2470 {
2471 *failedptr = TRUE;
2472 return;
2473 }
2474
2475 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2476
2477 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2478 || asect->user_set_vma)
2479 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2480 else
2481 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2482
2483 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2484 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2485 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2486 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2487 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2488 copy_private_section_data. */
2489
2490 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2491 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2492
2493 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2494 asect->flags. */
2495 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2496 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2497 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2498 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2499 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2500 sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2501 else
2502 sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2503
2504 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2505 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2506 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2507 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2508 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2509 {
2510 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2511 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2512 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2513 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2514 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2515 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2516 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2517 }
2518
2519 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2520 {
2521 default:
2522 break;
2523
2524 case SHT_STRTAB:
2525 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2526 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2527 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2528 case SHT_NOTE:
2529 case SHT_NOBITS:
2530 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2531 break;
2532
2533 case SHT_HASH:
2534 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2535 break;
2536
2537 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2538 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2539 break;
2540
2541 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2542 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2543 break;
2544
2545 case SHT_RELA:
2546 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2547 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2548 break;
2549
2550 case SHT_REL:
2551 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2552 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2553 break;
2554
2555 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2556 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2557 break;
2558
2559 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2560 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2561 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2562 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2563 zero. */
2564 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2565 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2566 else
2567 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2568 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2569 break;
2570
2571 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2572 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2573 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2574 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2575 zero. */
2576 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2577 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2578 else
2579 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2580 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2581 break;
2582
2583 case SHT_GROUP:
2584 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2585 break;
2586
2587 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2588 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2589 break;
2590 }
2591
2592 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2593 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2594 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2595 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2596 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2597 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2598 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2599 {
2600 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2601 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2602 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2603 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2604 }
2605 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2606 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2607 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2608 {
2609 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2610 if (asect->size == 0
2611 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2612 {
2613 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2614
2615 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2616 if (o != NULL)
2617 {
2618 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2619 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2620 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2621 }
2622 }
2623 }
2624
2625 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2626 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2627 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2628 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2629 *failedptr = TRUE;
2630
2631 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2632 {
2633 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2634 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2635 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2636 }
2637
2638 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2639 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2640 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2641 create the other. */
2642 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2643 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2644 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2645 asect,
2646 asect->use_rela_p))
2647 *failedptr = TRUE;
2648 }
2649
2650 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2651
2652 void
2653 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2654 {
2655 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2656 unsigned long symindx;
2657 asection *elt, *first;
2658 unsigned char *loc;
2659 bfd_boolean gas;
2660
2661 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2662 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2663 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2664 || *failedptr)
2665 return;
2666
2667 symindx = 0;
2668 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2669 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2670
2671 if (symindx == 0)
2672 {
2673 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2674 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2675 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2676 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2677 else
2678 symindx = sec->target_index;
2679 }
2680 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2681
2682 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2683 gas = TRUE;
2684 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2685 {
2686 gas = FALSE;
2687 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2688
2689 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2690 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2691 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2692 {
2693 *failedptr = TRUE;
2694 return;
2695 }
2696 }
2697
2698 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2699
2700 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2701 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2702 start of the input section group. */
2703 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2704
2705 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2706 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2707 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2708 directives, not that it matters. */
2709 while (elt != NULL)
2710 {
2711 asection *s;
2712 unsigned int idx;
2713
2714 loc -= 4;
2715 s = elt;
2716 if (!gas)
2717 s = s->output_section;
2718 idx = 0;
2719 if (s != NULL)
2720 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2721 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2722 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2723 if (elt == first)
2724 break;
2725 }
2726
2727 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2728 abort ();
2729
2730 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2731 }
2732
2733 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2734 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2735 in here too, while we're at it. */
2736
2737 static bfd_boolean
2738 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2739 {
2740 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2741 asection *sec;
2742 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2743 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2744 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2745
2746 section_number = 1;
2747
2748 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2749
2750 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2751 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2752 {
2753 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2754 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2755 {
2756 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2757
2758 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2759 {
2760 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2761 {
2762 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2763 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2764 abfd->section_count--;
2765 }
2766 else
2767 {
2768 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2769 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2770 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2771 }
2772 }
2773 }
2774 }
2775
2776 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2777 {
2778 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2779
2780 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2781 {
2782 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2783 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2784 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2785 }
2786 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2787 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2788 d->rel_idx = 0;
2789 else
2790 {
2791 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2792 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2793 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2794 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2795 }
2796
2797 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2798 {
2799 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2800 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2801 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2802 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2803 }
2804 else
2805 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2806 }
2807
2808 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2809 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2810 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2811 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2812 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2813
2814 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2815 {
2816 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2817 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2818 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2819 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2820 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2821 {
2822 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2823 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2824 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2825 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2826 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2827 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2828 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2829 return FALSE;
2830 }
2831 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2832 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2833 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2834 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2835 }
2836
2837 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2838 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2839
2840 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2841 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2842 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2843 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2844
2845 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2846 indices. */
2847 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2848 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2849 return FALSE;
2850
2851 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2852 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2853 {
2854 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2855 return FALSE;
2856 }
2857
2858 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2859
2860 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2861 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2862 {
2863 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2864 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
2865 {
2866 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2867 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2868 }
2869 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2870 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2871 }
2872
2873 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2874 {
2875 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2876 asection *s;
2877 const char *name;
2878
2879 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2880 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2881 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2882 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2883 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2884
2885 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2886
2887 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2888 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2889 the relocation entries apply. */
2890 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2891 {
2892 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2893 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2894 }
2895 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2896 {
2897 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2898 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2899 }
2900
2901 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2902 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2903 {
2904 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2905 if (s)
2906 {
2907 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2908 if (link_info != NULL)
2909 {
2910 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2911 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2912 {
2913 asection *kept;
2914 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2915 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2916 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2917 s, s->owner);
2918 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2919 size as the discarded one. */
2920 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2921 if (kept == NULL)
2922 {
2923 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2924 return FALSE;
2925 }
2926 s = kept;
2927 }
2928
2929 s = s->output_section;
2930 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2931 }
2932 else
2933 {
2934 /* Handle objcopy. */
2935 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2936 {
2937 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2938 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2939 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2940 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2941 return FALSE;
2942 }
2943 s = s->output_section;
2944 }
2945 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2946 }
2947 else
2948 {
2949 /* PR 290:
2950 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2951 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2952 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2953 where s is NULL. */
2954 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2955 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2956 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2957 bed->link_order_error_handler
2958 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2959 abfd, sec);
2960 }
2961 }
2962
2963 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2964 {
2965 case SHT_REL:
2966 case SHT_RELA:
2967 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2968 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2969 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2970 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2971 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2972 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2973 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2974 if (s != NULL)
2975 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2976
2977 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2978 name = sec->name;
2979 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2980 name += 4;
2981 else
2982 name += 5;
2983 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2984 if (s != NULL)
2985 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2986 break;
2987
2988 case SHT_STRTAB:
2989 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2990 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2991 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2992 field to point to this section. */
2993 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
2994 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
2995 {
2996 size_t len;
2997 char *alc;
2998
2999 len = strlen (sec->name);
3000 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3001 if (alc == NULL)
3002 return FALSE;
3003 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3004 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3005 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3006 free (alc);
3007 if (s != NULL)
3008 {
3009 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3010
3011 /* This is a .stab section. */
3012 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3013 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3014 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3015 }
3016 }
3017 break;
3018
3019 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3020 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3021 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3022 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3023 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3024 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3025 version strings. */
3026 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3027 if (s != NULL)
3028 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3029 break;
3030
3031 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3032 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3033 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3034 the version strings. */
3035 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3036 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3037 if (s != NULL)
3038 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3039 break;
3040
3041 case SHT_HASH:
3042 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3043 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3044 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3045 this hash table or version table is for. */
3046 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3047 if (s != NULL)
3048 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3049 break;
3050
3051 case SHT_GROUP:
3052 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3053 }
3054 }
3055
3056 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3057 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3058 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3059 else
3060 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3061 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3062 return TRUE;
3063 }
3064
3065 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3066 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3067
3068 static bfd_boolean
3069 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3070 {
3071 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3072 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3073 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3074 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3075
3076 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3077 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3078 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3079 }
3080
3081 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3082 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3083 special sections. */
3084
3085 static bfd_boolean
3086 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3087 {
3088 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3089 && (sym->value != 0
3090 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3091 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3092 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3093 }
3094
3095 static bfd_boolean
3096 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3097 {
3098 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3099 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3100 asymbol **sect_syms;
3101 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3102 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3103 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3104 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3105 int max_index = 0;
3106 unsigned int idx;
3107 asection *asect;
3108 asymbol **new_syms;
3109
3110 #ifdef DEBUG
3111 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3112 fflush (stderr);
3113 #endif
3114
3115 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3116 {
3117 if (max_index < asect->index)
3118 max_index = asect->index;
3119 }
3120
3121 max_index++;
3122 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3123 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3124 return FALSE;
3125 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3126 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3127
3128 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3129 decided to output. */
3130 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3131 {
3132 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3133
3134 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3135 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3136 {
3137 asection *sec = sym->section;
3138
3139 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3140 sec = sec->output_section;
3141
3142 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3143 }
3144 }
3145
3146 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3147 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3148 {
3149 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3150 continue;
3151 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3152 num_locals++;
3153 else
3154 num_globals++;
3155 }
3156
3157 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3158 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3159 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3160 at least in that case. */
3161 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3162 {
3163 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3164 {
3165 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3166 num_locals++;
3167 else
3168 num_globals++;
3169 }
3170 }
3171
3172 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3173 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3174
3175 if (new_syms == NULL)
3176 return FALSE;
3177
3178 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3179 {
3180 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3181 unsigned int i;
3182
3183 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3184 continue;
3185 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3186 i = num_locals2++;
3187 else
3188 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3189 new_syms[i] = sym;
3190 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3191 }
3192 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3193 {
3194 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3195 {
3196 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3197 unsigned int i;
3198
3199 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3200 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3201 i = num_locals2++;
3202 else
3203 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3204 new_syms[i] = sym;
3205 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3206 }
3207 }
3208
3209 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3210
3211 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3212 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3213 return TRUE;
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3217 ELF data structure. */
3218
3219 static inline file_ptr
3220 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3221 {
3222 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3223 }
3224
3225 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3226 required section alignment. */
3227
3228 file_ptr
3229 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3230 file_ptr offset,
3231 bfd_boolean align)
3232 {
3233 if (align)
3234 {
3235 unsigned int al;
3236
3237 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3238 if (al > 1)
3239 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3240 }
3241 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3242 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3243 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3244 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3245 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3246 return offset;
3247 }
3248
3249 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3250 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3251 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3252
3253 bfd_boolean
3254 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3255 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3256 {
3257 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3258 bfd_boolean failed;
3259 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3260 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3261
3262 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3263 return TRUE;
3264
3265 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3266 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3267 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3268
3269 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3270 return FALSE;
3271
3272 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3273 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3274 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3275
3276 failed = FALSE;
3277 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3278 if (failed)
3279 return FALSE;
3280
3281 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3282 return FALSE;
3283
3284 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3285 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3286 {
3287 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3288 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3289
3290 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3291 return FALSE;
3292 }
3293
3294 if (link_info == NULL)
3295 {
3296 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3297 if (failed)
3298 return FALSE;
3299 }
3300
3301 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3302 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3303 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3304 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3305 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3306 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3307 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3308 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3309 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3310 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3311 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3312
3313 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3314 return FALSE;
3315
3316 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3317 {
3318 file_ptr off;
3319 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3320
3321 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3322
3323 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3324 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3325
3326 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3327 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3328 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3329
3330 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3331 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3332
3333 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3334
3335 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3336 out. */
3337 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3338 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3339 return FALSE;
3340 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3341 }
3342
3343 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3344
3345 return TRUE;
3346 }
3347
3348 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3349 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3350
3351 static bfd_size_type
3352 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3353 {
3354 size_t segs;
3355 asection *s;
3356 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3357
3358 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3359 and one for data. */
3360 segs = 2;
3361
3362 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3363 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3364 {
3365 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3366 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3367 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3368 targets. */
3369 segs += 2;
3370 }
3371
3372 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3373 {
3374 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3375 ++segs;
3376 }
3377
3378 if (info->relro)
3379 {
3380 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3381 ++segs;
3382 }
3383
3384 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3385 {
3386 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3387 ++segs;
3388 }
3389
3390 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3391 {
3392 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3393 ++segs;
3394 }
3395
3396 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3397 {
3398 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3399 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3400 {
3401 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3402 ++segs;
3403 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3404 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3405 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3406 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3407 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3408 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3409 aligned. */
3410 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3411 while (s->next != NULL
3412 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3413 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3414 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3415 s = s->next;
3416 }
3417 }
3418
3419 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3420 {
3421 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3422 {
3423 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3424 ++segs;
3425 break;
3426 }
3427 }
3428
3429 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3430 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3431 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3432 {
3433 int a;
3434
3435 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3436 if (a == -1)
3437 abort ();
3438 segs += a;
3439 }
3440
3441 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3442 }
3443
3444 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3445
3446 Elf_Internal_Phdr *
3447 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3448 {
3449 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3450 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3451
3452 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map,
3453 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3454 m != NULL;
3455 m = m->next, p++)
3456 {
3457 int i;
3458
3459 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3460 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3461 return p;
3462 }
3463
3464 return NULL;
3465 }
3466
3467 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3468
3469 static struct elf_segment_map *
3470 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3471 asection **sections,
3472 unsigned int from,
3473 unsigned int to,
3474 bfd_boolean phdr)
3475 {
3476 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3477 unsigned int i;
3478 asection **hdrpp;
3479 bfd_size_type amt;
3480
3481 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3482 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3483 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3484 if (m == NULL)
3485 return NULL;
3486 m->next = NULL;
3487 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3488 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3489 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3490 m->count = to - from;
3491
3492 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3493 {
3494 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3495 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3496 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3497 }
3498
3499 return m;
3500 }
3501
3502 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3503 on failure. */
3504
3505 struct elf_segment_map *
3506 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3507 {
3508 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3509
3510 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3511 if (m == NULL)
3512 return NULL;
3513 m->next = NULL;
3514 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3515 m->count = 1;
3516 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3517
3518 return m;
3519 }
3520
3521 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3522
3523 static bfd_boolean
3524 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3525 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3526 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3527 {
3528 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3529 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3530
3531 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3532 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3533 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3534 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3535 removed. */
3536 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3537 while (*m)
3538 {
3539 unsigned int i, new_count;
3540
3541 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3542 {
3543 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3544 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3545 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3546 {
3547 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3548 new_count++;
3549 }
3550 }
3551 (*m)->count = new_count;
3552
3553 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3554 *m = (*m)->next;
3555 else
3556 m = &(*m)->next;
3557 }
3558
3559 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3560 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3561 {
3562 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3563 return FALSE;
3564 }
3565
3566 return TRUE;
3567 }
3568
3569 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3570
3571 bfd_boolean
3572 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3573 {
3574 unsigned int count;
3575 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3576 asection **sections = NULL;
3577 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3578 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3579
3580 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3581 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3582 {
3583 asection *s;
3584 unsigned int i;
3585 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3586 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3587 asection *last_hdr;
3588 bfd_vma last_size;
3589 unsigned int phdr_index;
3590 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3591 asection **hdrpp;
3592 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3593 bfd_boolean writable;
3594 int tls_count = 0;
3595 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3596 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3597 bfd_size_type amt;
3598
3599 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3600
3601 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3602 if (sections == NULL)
3603 goto error_return;
3604
3605 i = 0;
3606 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3607 {
3608 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3609 {
3610 sections[i] = s;
3611 ++i;
3612 }
3613 }
3614 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3615 count = i;
3616
3617 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3618
3619 /* Build the mapping. */
3620
3621 mfirst = NULL;
3622 pm = &mfirst;
3623
3624 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3625 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3626 section. */
3627 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3628 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3629 {
3630 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3631 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3632 if (m == NULL)
3633 goto error_return;
3634 m->next = NULL;
3635 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3636 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3637 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3638 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3639 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3640
3641 *pm = m;
3642 pm = &m->next;
3643
3644 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3645 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3646 if (m == NULL)
3647 goto error_return;
3648 m->next = NULL;
3649 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3650 m->count = 1;
3651 m->sections[0] = s;
3652
3653 *pm = m;
3654 pm = &m->next;
3655 }
3656
3657 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3658 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3659 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3660 last_hdr = NULL;
3661 last_size = 0;
3662 phdr_index = 0;
3663 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3664 writable = FALSE;
3665 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3666 if (dynsec != NULL
3667 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3668 dynsec = NULL;
3669
3670 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3671 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3672 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3673 program headers we will need. */
3674 if (count > 0)
3675 {
3676 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3677
3678 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3679 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3680 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3681 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3682 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3683 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3684 }
3685
3686 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3687 {
3688 asection *hdr;
3689 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3690
3691 hdr = *hdrpp;
3692
3693 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3694 segment. */
3695
3696 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3697 {
3698 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3699 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3700 new_segment = FALSE;
3701 }
3702 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3703 {
3704 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3705 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3706 segment. */
3707 new_segment = TRUE;
3708 }
3709 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3710 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3711 {
3712 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3713 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3714 new_segment = TRUE;
3715 }
3716 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3717 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3718 {
3719 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3720 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3721 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3722 new_segment = TRUE;
3723 }
3724 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3725 {
3726 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3727 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3728 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3729 new_segment = FALSE;
3730 }
3731 else if (! writable
3732 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3733 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3734 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3735 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3736 {
3737 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3738 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3739 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3740 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3741 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3742 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3743 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3744 new_segment = TRUE;
3745 }
3746 else
3747 {
3748 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3749 new_segment = FALSE;
3750 }
3751
3752 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3753 if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment)
3754 new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment);
3755
3756 if (! new_segment)
3757 {
3758 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3759 writable = TRUE;
3760 last_hdr = hdr;
3761 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3762 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3763 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3764 last_size = hdr->size;
3765 else
3766 last_size = 0;
3767 continue;
3768 }
3769
3770 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3771 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3772
3773 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3774 if (m == NULL)
3775 goto error_return;
3776
3777 *pm = m;
3778 pm = &m->next;
3779
3780 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3781 writable = TRUE;
3782 else
3783 writable = FALSE;
3784
3785 last_hdr = hdr;
3786 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3787 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3788 last_size = hdr->size;
3789 else
3790 last_size = 0;
3791 phdr_index = i;
3792 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3793 }
3794
3795 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3796 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3797 {
3798 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3799 if (m == NULL)
3800 goto error_return;
3801
3802 *pm = m;
3803 pm = &m->next;
3804 }
3805
3806 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3807 if (dynsec != NULL)
3808 {
3809 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3810 if (m == NULL)
3811 goto error_return;
3812 *pm = m;
3813 pm = &m->next;
3814 }
3815
3816 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3817 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3818 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3819 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3820 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3821 bogus anyhow. */
3822 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3823 {
3824 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3825 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3826 {
3827 asection *s2;
3828 unsigned count = 1;
3829 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3830 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3831 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3832 {
3833 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3834 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3835 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3836 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3837 == s2->next->vma)
3838 count++;
3839 else
3840 break;
3841 }
3842 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3843 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3844 if (m == NULL)
3845 goto error_return;
3846 m->next = NULL;
3847 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3848 m->count = count;
3849 while (count > 1)
3850 {
3851 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3852 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3853 s = s->next;
3854 }
3855 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3856 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3857 *pm = m;
3858 pm = &m->next;
3859 }
3860 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3861 {
3862 if (! tls_count)
3863 first_tls = s;
3864 tls_count++;
3865 }
3866 }
3867
3868 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3869 if (tls_count > 0)
3870 {
3871 int i;
3872
3873 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3874 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3875 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3876 if (m == NULL)
3877 goto error_return;
3878 m->next = NULL;
3879 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3880 m->count = tls_count;
3881 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3882 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3883 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3884 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3885 {
3886 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3887 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3888 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3889 }
3890
3891 *pm = m;
3892 pm = &m->next;
3893 }
3894
3895 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3896 segment. */
3897 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3898 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3899 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3900 {
3901 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3902 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3903 if (m == NULL)
3904 goto error_return;
3905 m->next = NULL;
3906 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3907 m->count = 1;
3908 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3909
3910 *pm = m;
3911 pm = &m->next;
3912 }
3913
3914 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3915 {
3916 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3917 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3918 if (m == NULL)
3919 goto error_return;
3920 m->next = NULL;
3921 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3922 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3923 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3924
3925 *pm = m;
3926 pm = &m->next;
3927 }
3928
3929 if (info->relro)
3930 {
3931 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3932 {
3933 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
3934 {
3935 asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1];
3936 bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
3937 bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size;
3938
3939 if (vaddr < info->relro_end
3940 && vaddr >= info->relro_start
3941 && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end)
3942 break;
3943 }
3944 }
3945
3946 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
3947 if (m != NULL)
3948 {
3949 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3950 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3951 if (m == NULL)
3952 goto error_return;
3953 m->next = NULL;
3954 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3955 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3956 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3957
3958 *pm = m;
3959 pm = &m->next;
3960 }
3961 }
3962
3963 free (sections);
3964 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3965 }
3966
3967 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
3968 return FALSE;
3969
3970 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3971 ++count;
3972 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3973
3974 return TRUE;
3975
3976 error_return:
3977 if (sections != NULL)
3978 free (sections);
3979 return FALSE;
3980 }
3981
3982 /* Sort sections by address. */
3983
3984 static int
3985 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3986 {
3987 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3988 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3989 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3990
3991 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3992 place the section into a segment. */
3993 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3994 return -1;
3995 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3996 return 1;
3997
3998 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3999 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4000 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4001 return -1;
4002 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4003 return 1;
4004
4005 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4006
4007 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4008
4009 if (TOEND (sec1))
4010 {
4011 if (TOEND (sec2))
4012 {
4013 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4014 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4015 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4016 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4017 }
4018 else
4019 return 1;
4020 }
4021 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4022 return -1;
4023
4024 #undef TOEND
4025
4026 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4027 before others at the same address. */
4028
4029 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4030 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4031
4032 if (size1 < size2)
4033 return -1;
4034 if (size1 > size2)
4035 return 1;
4036
4037 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4038 }
4039
4040 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4041
4042 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4043 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4044 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4045 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4046 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4047 which is wrong.
4048
4049 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4050 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4051 the page size.'' */
4052 /* In other words, something like:
4053
4054 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4055 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4056 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4057 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4058 else
4059 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4060
4061 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4062
4063 static file_ptr
4064 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4065 {
4066 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4067 }
4068
4069 static void
4070 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4071 {
4072 unsigned int j;
4073 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4074 char buf[32];
4075
4076 if (pt == NULL)
4077 {
4078 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4079 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4080 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4081 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4082 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4083 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4084 else
4085 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4086 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4087 pt = buf;
4088 }
4089 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4090 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4091 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4092 putc ('\n',stderr);
4093 }
4094
4095 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4096 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4097 the file header. */
4098
4099 static bfd_boolean
4100 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4101 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4102 {
4103 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4104 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4105 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4106 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4107 file_ptr off;
4108 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4109 unsigned int alloc;
4110 unsigned int i, j;
4111
4112 if (link_info == NULL
4113 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info, FALSE))
4114 return FALSE;
4115
4116 alloc = 0;
4117 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4118 ++alloc;
4119
4120 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4121 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4122 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4123
4124 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4125 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4126 else
4127 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4128 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4129
4130 if (alloc == 0)
4131 {
4132 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4133 return TRUE;
4134 }
4135
4136 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4137 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4138 if (phdrs == NULL)
4139 return FALSE;
4140
4141 maxpagesize = 1;
4142 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4143 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4144
4145 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4146 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4147
4148 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4149 m != NULL;
4150 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4151 {
4152 asection **secpp;
4153 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4154 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4155
4156 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4157 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4158 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4159 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4160 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4161 if (m->count > 1
4162 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4163 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4164 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4165 elf_sort_sections);
4166
4167 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4168 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4169 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4170 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4171 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4172 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4173 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4174
4175 if (m->count == 0)
4176 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4177 else
4178 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4179
4180 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4181 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4182 else if (m->count == 0)
4183 p->p_paddr = 0;
4184 else
4185 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4186
4187 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4188 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4189 {
4190 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4191 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4192 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4193 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4194 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4195 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4196 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4197 segment. */
4198 if (m->p_align_valid)
4199 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4200
4201 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4202 }
4203 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4204 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4205 else if (m->count == 0)
4206 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4207 else
4208 p->p_align = 0;
4209
4210 no_contents = FALSE;
4211 off_adjust = 0;
4212 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4213 && m->count > 0)
4214 {
4215 bfd_size_type align;
4216 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4217
4218 if (m->p_align_valid)
4219 align = p->p_align;
4220 else
4221 {
4222 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4223 {
4224 unsigned int secalign;
4225
4226 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4227 if (secalign > align_power)
4228 align_power = secalign;
4229 }
4230 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4231 if (align < maxpagesize)
4232 align = maxpagesize;
4233 }
4234
4235 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4236 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4237 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4238 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4239 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4240 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4241
4242 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4243 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4244 holds for any other sections. */
4245 i = 0;
4246 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4247 {
4248 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4249 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4250 has any loadable sections. */
4251 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4252 || ++i >= m->count)
4253 {
4254 no_contents = TRUE;
4255 break;
4256 }
4257 }
4258
4259 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4260 off += off_adjust;
4261 if (no_contents)
4262 {
4263 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4264 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4265 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4266 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4267 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4268 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4269 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4270 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4271 }
4272 else
4273 off_adjust = 0;
4274 }
4275 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4276 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4277 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4278 && m->count > 1
4279 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4280 {
4281 _bfd_error_handler
4282 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4283 abfd);
4284 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4285 return FALSE;
4286 }
4287 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4288 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4289 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4290 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4291
4292 p->p_offset = 0;
4293 p->p_filesz = 0;
4294 p->p_memsz = 0;
4295
4296 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4297 {
4298 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4299 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4300 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4301 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4302 if (m->count > 0)
4303 {
4304 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4305
4306 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4307 {
4308 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4309 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4310 abfd);
4311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4312 return FALSE;
4313 }
4314
4315 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4316 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4317 p->p_paddr -= off;
4318 }
4319 }
4320
4321 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4322 {
4323 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4324 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4325
4326 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4327 {
4328 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4329
4330 if (m->count > 0)
4331 {
4332 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4333 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4334 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4335 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4336 }
4337 }
4338
4339 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4340 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4341 }
4342
4343 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4344 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4345 {
4346 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4347 p->p_offset = off;
4348 else
4349 {
4350 file_ptr adjust;
4351
4352 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4353 if (!no_contents)
4354 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4355 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4356 }
4357 }
4358
4359 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4360 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4361 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4362 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4363 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4364 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4365 {
4366 asection *sec;
4367 bfd_size_type align;
4368 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4369
4370 sec = *secpp;
4371 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4372 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4373
4374 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4375 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4376 {
4377 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
4378
4379 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4380 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4381 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4382 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))
4383 {
4384 if (adjust < 0)
4385 {
4386 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4387 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4388 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4389 adjust = 0;
4390 }
4391 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4392
4393 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4394 {
4395 off += adjust;
4396 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4397 }
4398 }
4399 }
4400
4401 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4402 {
4403 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4404 everything. */
4405 if (i == 0)
4406 {
4407 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4408 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4409 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4410 p->p_memsz = 0;
4411 p->p_align = 1;
4412 }
4413 else
4414 {
4415 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4416 sec->filepos = 0;
4417 sec->size = 0;
4418 sec->flags = 0;
4419 continue;
4420 }
4421 }
4422 else
4423 {
4424 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4425 {
4426 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4427 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4428 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4429 }
4430
4431 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4432 {
4433 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4434 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4435 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4436 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4437 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4438 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4439 }
4440 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4441 {
4442 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4443 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4444
4445 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4446 normal segments. */
4447 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4448 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4449 }
4450
4451 if (align > p->p_align
4452 && !m->p_align_valid
4453 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4454 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4455 p->p_align = align;
4456 }
4457
4458 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4459 {
4460 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4461 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4462 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4463 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4464 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4465 }
4466 }
4467 off -= off_adjust;
4468
4469 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4470 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4471 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4472 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4473 {
4474 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4475 asection *sec;
4476
4477 sec = *secpp;
4478 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4479 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4480 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4481 {
4482 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4483 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4484 abfd, sec, j);
4485 print_segment_map (m);
4486 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4487 return FALSE;
4488 }
4489 }
4490 }
4491
4492 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4493 return TRUE;
4494 }
4495
4496 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4497
4498 static bfd_boolean
4499 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4500 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4501 {
4502 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4503 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4504 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4505 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4506 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4507 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4508 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4509 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4510 file_ptr off;
4511 unsigned int num_sec;
4512 unsigned int i;
4513 unsigned int count;
4514
4515 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4516 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4517 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4518 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4519 {
4520 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4521 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4522
4523 hdr = *hdrpp;
4524 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4525 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4526 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4527 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4528 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4529 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4530 {
4531 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4532 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4533 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4534 abfd,
4535 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4536 ? "*unknown*"
4537 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4538 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4539 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4540 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4541 bed->maxpagesize);
4542 else
4543 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4544 hdr->sh_addralign);
4545 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4546 FALSE);
4547 }
4548 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4549 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4550 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4551 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4552 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4553 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4554 else
4555 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4556
4557 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4558 {
4559 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4560 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4561 }
4562 }
4563
4564 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4565 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4566 count = 0;
4567 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4568 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4569 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4570 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4571 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4572 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4573 m != NULL;
4574 m = m->next, p++)
4575 {
4576 ++count;
4577 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4578 continue;
4579
4580 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4581 {
4582 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4583 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4584 }
4585 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4586 {
4587 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4588 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4589 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4590 {
4591 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4592 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4593 }
4594 }
4595 }
4596
4597 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4598 m != NULL;
4599 m = m->next, p++)
4600 {
4601 if (m->count != 0)
4602 {
4603 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4604 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4605 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4606 {
4607 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4608 asection *sect;
4609
4610 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4611
4612 sect = m->sections[m->count - 1];
4613 hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4614 p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos;
4615 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4616 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4617
4618 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4619 {
4620 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4621 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4622 linker logic. */
4623 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4624
4625 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4626 {
4627 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4628 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4629 break;
4630 }
4631
4632 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4633 {
4634 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4635 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4636 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4637 if (m->p_size_valid)
4638 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4639 else
4640 abort ();
4641 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4642 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4643 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4644 p->p_align = 1;
4645 }
4646 else
4647 abort ();
4648 }
4649 else
4650 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4651 }
4652 }
4653 else
4654 {
4655 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4656 {
4657 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4658 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4659 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4660 }
4661 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4662 {
4663 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4664 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4665 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4666 }
4667 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4668 {
4669 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4670
4671 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4672 {
4673 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4674 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4675 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4676 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4677 >= link_info->relro_end))
4678 break;
4679 }
4680
4681 if (lp < phdrs + count
4682 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4683 {
4684 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4685 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4686 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4687 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4688 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4689 p->p_align = 1;
4690 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4691 }
4692 else
4693 {
4694 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4695 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4696 }
4697 }
4698 }
4699 }
4700
4701 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4702
4703 return TRUE;
4704 }
4705
4706 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4707 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4708 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4709
4710 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4711 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4712 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4713 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4714 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4715 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4716 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4717
4718 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4719
4720 static bfd_boolean
4721 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4722 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4723 {
4724 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4725 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4726 file_ptr off;
4727 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4728
4729 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4730 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4731 {
4732 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4733 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4734 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4735 unsigned int i;
4736
4737 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4738 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4739
4740 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4741 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4742 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4743 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4744 {
4745 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4746
4747 hdr = *hdrpp;
4748 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4749 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4750 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4751 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4752 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4753 {
4754 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4755 }
4756 else
4757 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4758
4759 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4760 {
4761 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4762 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4763 }
4764 }
4765 }
4766 else
4767 {
4768 unsigned int alloc;
4769
4770 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4771 assignment of sections to segments. */
4772 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4773 return FALSE;
4774
4775 /* And for non-load sections. */
4776 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4777 return FALSE;
4778
4779 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4780 {
4781 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4782 return FALSE;
4783 }
4784
4785 /* Write out the program headers. */
4786 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4787 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4788 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4789 return FALSE;
4790
4791 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4792 }
4793
4794 /* Place the section headers. */
4795 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4796 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4797 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4798
4799 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4800
4801 return TRUE;
4802 }
4803
4804 static bfd_boolean
4805 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4806 {
4807 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4808 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4809 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4810 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4811 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4812
4813 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4814 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4815
4816 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4817 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4818 return FALSE;
4819
4820 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4821
4822 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4823 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4824 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4825 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4826
4827 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4828 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4829 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4830 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4831
4832 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4833 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4834 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4835 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4836 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4837 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4838 else
4839 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4840
4841 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4842 {
4843 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4844 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4845 break;
4846
4847 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4848 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4849 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4850 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4851 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4852 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4853 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4854 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4855 default:
4856 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4857 }
4858
4859 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4860 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4861
4862 /* No program header, for now. */
4863 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4864 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4865 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4866
4867 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4868 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4869 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4870
4871 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4872 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4873 /* It all happens later. */
4874 ;
4875 else
4876 {
4877 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4878 i_phdrp = 0;
4879 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4880 }
4881
4882 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4883 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4884 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4885 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4886 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4887 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4888 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4889 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4890 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4891 return FALSE;
4892
4893 return TRUE;
4894 }
4895
4896 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4897 of the loadable file image. */
4898
4899 void
4900 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4901 {
4902 file_ptr off;
4903 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4904 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4905
4906 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4907
4908 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4909 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4910 {
4911 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4912
4913 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4914 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4915 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4916 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4917 }
4918
4919 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4920 }
4921
4922 bfd_boolean
4923 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4924 {
4925 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4926 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4927 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4928 bfd_boolean failed;
4929 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4930
4931 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4932 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4933 return FALSE;
4934
4935 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4936 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4937
4938 failed = FALSE;
4939 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4940 if (failed)
4941 return FALSE;
4942
4943 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4944
4945 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4946 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4947 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4948 {
4949 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4950 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4951 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4952 {
4953 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4954
4955 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4956 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4957 return FALSE;
4958 }
4959 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4960 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4961 }
4962
4963 /* Write out the section header names. */
4964 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4965 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4966 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4967 return FALSE;
4968
4969 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4970 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4971 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4972
4973 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4974 return FALSE;
4975
4976 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4977 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4978 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4979
4980 return TRUE;
4981 }
4982
4983 bfd_boolean
4984 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4985 {
4986 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4987 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4988 }
4989
4990 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4991
4992 int
4993 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4994 {
4995 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4996 int index;
4997
4998 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4999 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5000 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5001
5002 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5003 index = SHN_ABS;
5004 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5005 index = SHN_COMMON;
5006 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5007 index = SHN_UNDEF;
5008 else
5009 index = -1;
5010
5011 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5012 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5013 {
5014 int retval = index;
5015
5016 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5017 return retval;
5018 }
5019
5020 if (index == -1)
5021 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5022
5023 return index;
5024 }
5025
5026 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5027 on error. */
5028
5029 int
5030 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5031 {
5032 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5033 int idx;
5034 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5035
5036 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5037 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5038 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5039 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5040 input sections rather than the output section. */
5041 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5042 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5043 && asym_ptr->section)
5044 {
5045 asection *sec;
5046 int indx;
5047
5048 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5049 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5050 sec = sec->output_section;
5051 if (sec->owner == abfd
5052 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5053 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5054 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5055 }
5056
5057 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5058
5059 if (idx == 0)
5060 {
5061 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5062 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5063 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5064 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5065 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5066 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5067 return -1;
5068 }
5069
5070 #if DEBUG & 4
5071 {
5072 fprintf (stderr,
5073 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5074 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5075 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5076 fflush (stderr);
5077 }
5078 #endif
5079
5080 return idx;
5081 }
5082
5083 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5084
5085 static bfd_boolean
5086 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5087 {
5088 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5089 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5090 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5091 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5092 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5093 asection *section;
5094 unsigned int i;
5095 unsigned int num_segments;
5096 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5097 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5098 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5099 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5100 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5101
5102 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5103 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5104
5105 map_first = NULL;
5106 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5107
5108 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5109 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5110
5111 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5112 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5113 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5114 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5115
5116 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5117 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5118 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5119 ? section->size : 0)
5120
5121 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5122 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5123 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5124 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5125 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5126 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5127
5128 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5129 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5130 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5131 (section->lma >= base \
5132 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5133 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5134
5135 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5136 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5137 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5138 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5139 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5140 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5141 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5142
5143 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5144 etc. */
5145 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5146 (IS_NOTE (p, s) \
5147 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5148 && s->vma == 0 \
5149 && s->lma == 0)
5150
5151 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5152 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5153 p_memsz set to 0. */
5154 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5155 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5156 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5157 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5158 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5159 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5160 && s->size > 0 \
5161 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5162 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5163 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5164
5165 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5166 A section will be included if:
5167 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5168 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5169 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5170 segment.
5171 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5172 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5173 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5174 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5175 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5176 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5177 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5178 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5179 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5180 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5181 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5182 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5183 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5184 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5185 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5186 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5187 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5188 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5189 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5190 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5191 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5192 || (segment->p_paddr \
5193 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5194 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5195 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5196 == 0)) \
5197 && !section->segment_mark)
5198
5199 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5200 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5201 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5202 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5203 && section->output_section != NULL)
5204
5205 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5206 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5207 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5208
5209 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5210 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5211 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5212 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5213 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5214 LMA. */
5215 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5216 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5217 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5218 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5219 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5220
5221 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5222 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5223 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5224
5225 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5226 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5227 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5228 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5229 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5230 i < num_segments;
5231 i++, segment++)
5232 {
5233 unsigned int j;
5234 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5235
5236 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5237 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5238 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5239 {
5240 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5241 assignment code will work. */
5242 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5243 break;
5244 }
5245
5246 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5247 {
5248 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5249 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5250 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5251 continue;
5252 }
5253
5254 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5255 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5256 {
5257 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5258
5259 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5260 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5261 continue;
5262
5263 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5264 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5265 {
5266 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5267 SEGMENT. */
5268 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5269 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5270
5271 if (extra_length > 0)
5272 {
5273 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5274 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5275 }
5276
5277 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5278
5279 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5280 i = 0;
5281 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5282 break;
5283 }
5284 else
5285 {
5286 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5287 SEGMENT2. */
5288 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5289 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5290
5291 if (extra_length > 0)
5292 {
5293 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5294 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5295 }
5296
5297 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5298 }
5299 }
5300 }
5301
5302 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5303 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5304 i < num_segments;
5305 i++, segment++)
5306 {
5307 unsigned int section_count;
5308 asection **sections;
5309 asection *output_section;
5310 unsigned int isec;
5311 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5312 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5313 unsigned int j;
5314 bfd_size_type amt;
5315 asection *first_section;
5316 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5317 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5318
5319 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5320 continue;
5321
5322 first_section = NULL;
5323 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5324 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5325 section != NULL;
5326 section = section->next)
5327 {
5328 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5329 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5330 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5331 {
5332 if (first_section == NULL)
5333 first_section = section;
5334 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5335 ++section_count;
5336 }
5337 }
5338
5339 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5340 all of the sections we have selected. */
5341 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5342 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5343 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5344 if (map == NULL)
5345 return FALSE;
5346
5347 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5348 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5349 map->next = NULL;
5350 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5351 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5352 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5353
5354 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5355 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5356 output segment. */
5357 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5358 {
5359 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5360 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5361 }
5362
5363 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5364 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5365 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5366 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5367 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5368
5369 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5370 {
5371 map->includes_phdrs =
5372 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5373 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5374 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5375 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5376
5377 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5378 phdr_included = TRUE;
5379 }
5380
5381 if (section_count == 0)
5382 {
5383 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5384 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5385 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5386 a warning is produced. */
5387 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5388 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5389 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5390 ibfd);
5391
5392 map->count = 0;
5393 *pointer_to_map = map;
5394 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5395
5396 continue;
5397 }
5398
5399 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5400 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5401 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5402 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5403
5404 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5405 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5406 input BFD.
5407
5408 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5409 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5410 of the first section.
5411
5412 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5413 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5414 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5415 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5416 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5417
5418 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5419 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5420 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5421 or segments to contain the other sections.
5422
5423 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5424 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5425 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5426
5427 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5428 to work around this long long bug. */
5429 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5430 if (sections == NULL)
5431 return FALSE;
5432
5433 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5434 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5435 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5436 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5437 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5438 more to do. */
5439 isec = 0;
5440 matching_lma = 0;
5441 suggested_lma = 0;
5442 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5443 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5444
5445 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5446 section != NULL;
5447 section = section->next)
5448 if (section == first_section)
5449 break;
5450
5451 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5452 {
5453 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5454 {
5455 output_section = section->output_section;
5456
5457 sections[j++] = section;
5458
5459 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5460 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5461 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5462 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5463 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5464 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5465 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5466 && isec == 0
5467 && output_section->lma != 0
5468 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5469 + (map->includes_filehdr
5470 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5471 : 0)
5472 + (map->includes_phdrs
5473 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5474 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5475 : 0)))
5476 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5477
5478 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5479 LMA address of the output section. */
5480 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5481 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5482 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5483 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5484 {
5485 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5486 {
5487 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5488 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5489 }
5490
5491 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5492 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5493 segment. */
5494 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5495 }
5496 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5497 {
5498 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5499 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5500 }
5501
5502 if (j == section_count)
5503 break;
5504 }
5505 }
5506
5507 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5508
5509 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5510 if necessary. */
5511 if (isec == section_count)
5512 {
5513 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5514 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5515 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5516 program header in the input BFD. */
5517 map->count = section_count;
5518 *pointer_to_map = map;
5519 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5520
5521 if (!bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5522 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5523 && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs)
5524 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5525 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5526 segment's vma. */
5527 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5528
5529 free (sections);
5530 continue;
5531 }
5532 else
5533 {
5534 if (!first_matching_lma)
5535 {
5536 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5537 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5538 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5539 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5540 }
5541 else
5542 {
5543 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5544 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5545 the LMA of the first section. */
5546 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5547 }
5548
5549 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5550 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5551 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5552 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5553
5554 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5555 {
5556 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5557
5558 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5559 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5560 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5561 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5562 offset when we know the correct value. */
5563 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5564 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5565 }
5566 }
5567
5568 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5569 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5570 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5571 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5572 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5573 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5574 the loop. */
5575 isec = 0;
5576 do
5577 {
5578 map->count = 0;
5579 suggested_lma = 0;
5580 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5581
5582 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5583 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5584 {
5585 section = sections[j];
5586
5587 if (section == NULL)
5588 continue;
5589
5590 output_section = section->output_section;
5591
5592 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5593
5594 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5595 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5596 {
5597 if (map->count == 0)
5598 {
5599 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5600 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5601 wrong. */
5602 if (output_section->lma
5603 != (map->p_paddr
5604 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5605 + (map->includes_phdrs
5606 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5607 : 0)))
5608 abort ();
5609 }
5610 else
5611 {
5612 asection *prev_sec;
5613
5614 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5615
5616 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5617 and the start of this section is more than
5618 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5619 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5620 maxpagesize)
5621 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5622 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5623 > output_section->lma))
5624 {
5625 if (first_suggested_lma)
5626 {
5627 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5628 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5629 }
5630
5631 continue;
5632 }
5633 }
5634
5635 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5636 ++isec;
5637 sections[j] = NULL;
5638 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5639 }
5640 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5641 {
5642 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5643 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5644 }
5645 }
5646
5647 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5648
5649 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5650 *pointer_to_map = map;
5651 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5652
5653 if (isec < section_count)
5654 {
5655 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5656 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5657 and carry on looping. */
5658 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5659 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5660 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5661 if (map == NULL)
5662 {
5663 free (sections);
5664 return FALSE;
5665 }
5666
5667 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5668 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5669 not yet been assigned. */
5670 map->next = NULL;
5671 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5672 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5673 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5674 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5675 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5676 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5677 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5678 }
5679 }
5680 while (isec < section_count);
5681
5682 free (sections);
5683 }
5684
5685 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5686 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5687 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5688 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5689 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5690 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5691 break;
5692 if (map == NULL)
5693 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5694 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5695
5696 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5697
5698 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5699 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5700 the offset if necessary. */
5701 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5702 {
5703 unsigned int count;
5704
5705 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5706 count++;
5707
5708 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5709 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5710 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5711 }
5712
5713 #undef SEGMENT_END
5714 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5715 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5716 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5717 #undef IS_NOTE
5718 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5719 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5720 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5721 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5722 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5723 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5724 return TRUE;
5725 }
5726
5727 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5728
5729 static bfd_boolean
5730 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5731 {
5732 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5733 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5734 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5735 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5736 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5737 unsigned int i;
5738 unsigned int num_segments;
5739 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5740
5741 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5742
5743 map_first = NULL;
5744 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5745
5746 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5747 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5748 i < num_segments;
5749 i++, segment++)
5750 {
5751 asection *section;
5752 unsigned int section_count;
5753 bfd_size_type amt;
5754 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5755 asection *first_section = NULL;
5756 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5757
5758 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5759 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5760 section != NULL;
5761 section = section->next)
5762 {
5763 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5764 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5765 {
5766 if (!first_section)
5767 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5768 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5769 lowest_section = section;
5770 section_count++;
5771 }
5772 }
5773
5774 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5775 all of the sections we have selected. */
5776 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5777 if (section_count != 0)
5778 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5779 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5780 if (map == NULL)
5781 return FALSE;
5782
5783 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5784 input segment. */
5785 map->next = NULL;
5786 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5787 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5788 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5789 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5790 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5791 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5792 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5793 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5794
5795 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
5796 && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz)
5797 {
5798 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5799 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5800 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5801 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5802 map->p_size = segment->p_filesz;
5803 map->p_size_valid = 1;
5804 }
5805
5806 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5807 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5808 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5809 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5810
5811 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5812 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5813 {
5814 map->includes_phdrs =
5815 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5816 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5817 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5818 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5819
5820 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5821 phdr_included = TRUE;
5822 }
5823
5824 if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr)
5825 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5826 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5827 - segment->p_paddr);
5828
5829 if (section_count != 0)
5830 {
5831 unsigned int isec = 0;
5832
5833 for (section = first_section;
5834 section != NULL;
5835 section = section->next)
5836 {
5837 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5838 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5839 {
5840 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5841 if (isec == section_count)
5842 break;
5843 }
5844 }
5845 }
5846
5847 map->count = section_count;
5848 *pointer_to_map = map;
5849 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5850 }
5851
5852 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5853 return TRUE;
5854 }
5855
5856 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5857 information. */
5858
5859 static bfd_boolean
5860 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5861 {
5862 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5863 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5864 return TRUE;
5865
5866 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5867 return TRUE;
5868
5869 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5870 {
5871 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5872 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5873 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5874 asection *section, *osec;
5875 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5876 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5877 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5878
5879 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5880
5881 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
5882 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5883 goto rewrite;
5884
5885 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5886 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5887 section = section->next)
5888 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5889
5890 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5891 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5892 i < num_segments;
5893 i++, segment++)
5894 {
5895 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5896 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5897 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5898 map in this case. */
5899 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5900 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5901 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5902 goto rewrite;
5903
5904 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5905 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5906 {
5907 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5908 from the input BFD. */
5909 osec = section->output_section;
5910 if (osec)
5911 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5912
5913 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5914 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5915 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5916 {
5917 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5918 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5919 if (osec == NULL
5920 || section->flags != osec->flags
5921 || section->lma != osec->lma
5922 || section->vma != osec->vma
5923 || section->size != osec->size
5924 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5925 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5926 goto rewrite;
5927 }
5928 }
5929 }
5930
5931 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5932 input BFD. */
5933 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5934 section = section->next)
5935 {
5936 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5937 goto rewrite;
5938 else
5939 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5940 }
5941
5942 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5943 }
5944
5945 rewrite:
5946 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5947 }
5948
5949 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5950
5951 bfd_boolean
5952 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5953 asection *isec,
5954 bfd *obfd,
5955 asection *osec,
5956 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5957
5958 {
5959 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5960 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5961
5962 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5963 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5964 return TRUE;
5965
5966 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5967 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5968 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5969 section flags. */
5970 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
5971 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
5972 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5973
5974 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5975 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
5976 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
5977
5978 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5979 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5980 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5981 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5982 if (need_group)
5983 {
5984 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5985 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5986 {
5987 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5988 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5989 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5990 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5991 }
5992 }
5993
5994 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5995
5996 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5997 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5998 may be NULL at this point. */
5999 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6000 {
6001 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6002 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6003 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6004 }
6005
6006 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6007
6008 return TRUE;
6009 }
6010
6011 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6012 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6013
6014 bfd_boolean
6015 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6016 asection *isec,
6017 bfd *obfd,
6018 asection *osec)
6019 {
6020 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6021
6022 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6023 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6024 return TRUE;
6025
6026 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6027 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6028
6029 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6030
6031 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6032 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6033 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6034 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6035 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6036
6037 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6038 NULL);
6039 }
6040
6041 /* Copy private header information. */
6042
6043 bfd_boolean
6044 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6045 {
6046 asection *isec;
6047
6048 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6049 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6050 return TRUE;
6051
6052 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6053 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6054 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6055 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6056 already been worked out. */
6057 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6058 {
6059 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6060 return FALSE;
6061 }
6062
6063 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6064 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6065 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6066 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
6067 && isec->output_section == NULL)
6068 {
6069 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6070 asection *s = first;
6071 while (s != NULL)
6072 {
6073 if (s->output_section != NULL)
6074 {
6075 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6076 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6077 }
6078 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6079 if (s == first)
6080 break;
6081 }
6082 }
6083
6084 return TRUE;
6085 }
6086
6087 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6088 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6089 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6090 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6091 swap_out_syms function. */
6092
6093 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6094 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6095 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6096 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6097 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6098
6099 bfd_boolean
6100 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6101 asymbol *isymarg,
6102 bfd *obfd,
6103 asymbol *osymarg)
6104 {
6105 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6106
6107 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6108 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6109 return TRUE;
6110
6111 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6112 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6113
6114 if (isym != NULL
6115 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6116 && osym != NULL
6117 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6118 {
6119 unsigned int shndx;
6120
6121 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6122 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6123 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6124 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6125 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6126 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6127 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6128 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6129 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6130 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6131 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6132 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6133 }
6134
6135 return TRUE;
6136 }
6137
6138 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6139
6140 static bfd_boolean
6141 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6142 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6143 int relocatable_p)
6144 {
6145 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6146 int symcount;
6147 asymbol **syms;
6148 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6149 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6150 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6151 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6152 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6153 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6154 int idx;
6155 bfd_size_type amt;
6156 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6157
6158 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6159 return FALSE;
6160
6161 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6162 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6163 if (stt == NULL)
6164 return FALSE;
6165
6166 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6167 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6168 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6169 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6170 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6171 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6172 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6173 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6174
6175 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6176 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6177
6178 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6179 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6180 {
6181 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6182 return FALSE;
6183 }
6184 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6185
6186 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6187 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6188 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6189 {
6190 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6191 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6192 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6193 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6194 {
6195 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6196 return FALSE;
6197 }
6198
6199 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6200 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6201 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6202 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6203 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6204 }
6205
6206 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6207 {
6208 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6209 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6210 sym.st_name = 0;
6211 sym.st_value = 0;
6212 sym.st_size = 0;
6213 sym.st_info = 0;
6214 sym.st_other = 0;
6215 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6216 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6217 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6218 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6219 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6220 }
6221
6222 name_local_sections
6223 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6224 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6225
6226 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6227 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6228 {
6229 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6230 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6231 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6232 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6233 int type;
6234
6235 if (!name_local_sections
6236 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6237 {
6238 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6239 sym.st_name = 0;
6240 }
6241 else
6242 {
6243 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6244 syms[idx]->name,
6245 TRUE, FALSE);
6246 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6247 {
6248 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6249 return FALSE;
6250 }
6251 }
6252
6253 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6254
6255 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6256 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6257 {
6258 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6259 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6260 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6261 sym.st_size = value;
6262 if (type_ptr == NULL
6263 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6264 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6265 else
6266 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6267 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6268 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6269 }
6270 else
6271 {
6272 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6273 int shndx;
6274
6275 if (sec->output_section)
6276 {
6277 value += sec->output_offset;
6278 sec = sec->output_section;
6279 }
6280
6281 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6282 if (! relocatable_p)
6283 value += sec->vma;
6284 sym.st_value = value;
6285 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6286
6287 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6288 && type_ptr != NULL
6289 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6290 {
6291 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6292 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6293 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6294 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6295 switch (shndx)
6296 {
6297 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6298 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6299 break;
6300 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6301 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6302 break;
6303 case MAP_STRTAB:
6304 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6305 break;
6306 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6307 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6308 break;
6309 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6310 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6311 break;
6312 default:
6313 break;
6314 }
6315 }
6316 else
6317 {
6318 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6319
6320 if (shndx == -1)
6321 {
6322 asection *sec2;
6323
6324 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6325 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6326 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6327 demand of applications. For example, it
6328 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6329 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6330 actually in the output file. */
6331 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6332 if (sec2 == NULL)
6333 {
6334 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6335 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6336 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6337 sec->name);
6338 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6339 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6340 return FALSE;
6341 }
6342
6343 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6344 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6345 }
6346 }
6347
6348 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6349 }
6350
6351 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6352 type = STT_TLS;
6353 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6354 type = STT_FUNC;
6355 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6356 type = STT_OBJECT;
6357 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6358 type = STT_RELC;
6359 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6360 type = STT_SRELC;
6361 else
6362 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6363
6364 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6365 type = STT_TLS;
6366
6367 /* Processor-specific types. */
6368 if (type_ptr != NULL
6369 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6370 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6371 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6372
6373 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6374 {
6375 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6376 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6377 else
6378 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6379 }
6380 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6381 {
6382 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6383 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6384 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6385 else
6386 #else
6387 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6388 #endif
6389 }
6390 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6391 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6392 ? STB_WEAK
6393 : STB_GLOBAL),
6394 type);
6395 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6396 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6397 else
6398 {
6399 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6400
6401 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6402 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6403 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6404 bind = STB_WEAK;
6405 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6406 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6407
6408 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6409 }
6410
6411 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6412 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6413 else
6414 sym.st_other = 0;
6415
6416 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6417 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6418 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6419 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6420 }
6421
6422 *sttp = stt;
6423 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6424 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6425
6426 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6427 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6428 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6429 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6430 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6431 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6432
6433 return TRUE;
6434 }
6435
6436 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6437
6438 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6439 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6440 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6441
6442 long
6443 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6444 {
6445 long symcount;
6446 long symtab_size;
6447 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6448
6449 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6450 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6451 if (symcount > 0)
6452 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6453
6454 return symtab_size;
6455 }
6456
6457 long
6458 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6459 {
6460 long symcount;
6461 long symtab_size;
6462 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6463
6464 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6465 {
6466 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6467 return -1;
6468 }
6469
6470 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6471 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6472 if (symcount > 0)
6473 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6474
6475 return symtab_size;
6476 }
6477
6478 long
6479 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6480 sec_ptr asect)
6481 {
6482 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6483 }
6484
6485 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6486
6487 long
6488 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6489 sec_ptr section,
6490 arelent **relptr,
6491 asymbol **symbols)
6492 {
6493 arelent *tblptr;
6494 unsigned int i;
6495 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6496
6497 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6498 return -1;
6499
6500 tblptr = section->relocation;
6501 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6502 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6503
6504 *relptr = NULL;
6505
6506 return section->reloc_count;
6507 }
6508
6509 long
6510 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6511 {
6512 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6513 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6514
6515 if (symcount >= 0)
6516 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6517 return symcount;
6518 }
6519
6520 long
6521 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6522 asymbol **allocation)
6523 {
6524 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6525 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6526
6527 if (symcount >= 0)
6528 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6529 return symcount;
6530 }
6531
6532 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6533 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6534 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6535 dynamic reloc section. */
6536
6537 long
6538 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6539 {
6540 long ret;
6541 asection *s;
6542
6543 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6544 {
6545 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6546 return -1;
6547 }
6548
6549 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6550 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6551 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6552 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6553 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6554 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6555 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6556 * sizeof (arelent *));
6557
6558 return ret;
6559 }
6560
6561 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6562 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6563 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6564 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6565 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6566 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6567 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6568
6569 long
6570 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6571 arelent **storage,
6572 asymbol **syms)
6573 {
6574 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6575 asection *s;
6576 long ret;
6577
6578 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6579 {
6580 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6581 return -1;
6582 }
6583
6584 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6585 ret = 0;
6586 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6587 {
6588 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6589 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6590 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6591 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6592 {
6593 arelent *p;
6594 long count, i;
6595
6596 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6597 return -1;
6598 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6599 p = s->relocation;
6600 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6601 *storage++ = p++;
6602 ret += count;
6603 }
6604 }
6605
6606 *storage = NULL;
6607
6608 return ret;
6609 }
6610 \f
6611 /* Read in the version information. */
6612
6613 bfd_boolean
6614 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6615 {
6616 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6617 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6618
6619 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6620 {
6621 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6622 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6623 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6624 unsigned int i;
6625 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6626
6627 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6628
6629 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6630 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6631 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6632 goto error_return;
6633
6634 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6635
6636 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6637 if (contents == NULL)
6638 {
6639 error_return_verref:
6640 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6641 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6642 goto error_return;
6643 }
6644 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6645 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6646 goto error_return_verref;
6647
6648 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6649 goto error_return_verref;
6650
6651 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6652 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6653 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6654 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6655 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6656 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6657 {
6658 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6659 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6660 unsigned int j;
6661
6662 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6663
6664 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6665
6666 iverneed->vn_filename =
6667 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6668 iverneed->vn_file);
6669 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6670 goto error_return_verref;
6671
6672 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6673 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6674 else
6675 {
6676 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6677 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6678 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6679 goto error_return_verref;
6680 }
6681
6682 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6683 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6684 goto error_return_verref;
6685
6686 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6687 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6688 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6689 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6690 {
6691 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6692
6693 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6694 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6695 ivernaux->vna_name);
6696 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6697 goto error_return_verref;
6698
6699 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6700 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6701 else
6702 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6703
6704 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6705 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6706 goto error_return_verref;
6707
6708 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6709 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6710
6711 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6712 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6713 }
6714
6715 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6716 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6717 else
6718 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6719
6720 if (iverneed->vn_next
6721 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6722 goto error_return_verref;
6723
6724 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6725 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6726 }
6727
6728 free (contents);
6729 contents = NULL;
6730 }
6731
6732 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6733 {
6734 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6735 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6736 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6737 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6738 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6739 unsigned int i;
6740 unsigned int maxidx;
6741 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6742
6743 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6744
6745 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6746 if (contents == NULL)
6747 goto error_return;
6748 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6749 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6750 goto error_return;
6751
6752 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6753 goto error_return;
6754
6755 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6756 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6757 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6758 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6759 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6760 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6761
6762 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6763 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6764 the maximum. */
6765 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6766 maxidx = 0;
6767 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6768 {
6769 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6770
6771 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6772 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6773
6774 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6775 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6776 goto error_return;
6777
6778 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6779 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6780 }
6781
6782 if (default_imported_symver)
6783 {
6784 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6785 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6786 else
6787 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6788 }
6789 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6790 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6791 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6792 goto error_return;
6793
6794 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6795
6796 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6797 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6798 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6799 {
6800 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6801 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6802 unsigned int j;
6803
6804 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6805
6806 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6807 {
6808 error_return_verdef:
6809 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6810 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6811 goto error_return;
6812 }
6813
6814 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6815 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6816
6817 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6818
6819 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6820 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6821 else
6822 {
6823 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6824 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6825 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6826 goto error_return_verdef;
6827 }
6828
6829 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6830 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6831 goto error_return_verdef;
6832
6833 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6834 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6835 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6836 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6837 {
6838 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6839
6840 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6841 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6842 iverdaux->vda_name);
6843 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6844 goto error_return_verdef;
6845
6846 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6847 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6848 else
6849 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6850
6851 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6852 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6853 goto error_return_verdef;
6854
6855 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6856 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6857 }
6858
6859 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6860 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6861
6862 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6863 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6864 else
6865 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6866
6867 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6868 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6869 }
6870
6871 free (contents);
6872 contents = NULL;
6873 }
6874 else if (default_imported_symver)
6875 {
6876 if (freeidx < 3)
6877 freeidx = 3;
6878 else
6879 freeidx++;
6880
6881 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6882 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6883 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6884 goto error_return;
6885
6886 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6887 }
6888
6889 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6890 if (default_imported_symver)
6891 {
6892 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6893 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6894
6895 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6896
6897 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6898 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6899 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6900 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6901
6902 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6903
6904 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6905 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6906 goto error_return_verdef;
6907 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6908 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6909 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6910 goto error_return_verdef;
6911
6912 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6913 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6914 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6915 }
6916
6917 return TRUE;
6918
6919 error_return:
6920 if (contents != NULL)
6921 free (contents);
6922 return FALSE;
6923 }
6924 \f
6925 asymbol *
6926 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6927 {
6928 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6929 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6930
6931 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6932 if (!newsym)
6933 return NULL;
6934 else
6935 {
6936 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6937 return &newsym->symbol;
6938 }
6939 }
6940
6941 void
6942 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6943 asymbol *symbol,
6944 symbol_info *ret)
6945 {
6946 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6947 }
6948
6949 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6950 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6951 override it. */
6952
6953 bfd_boolean
6954 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6955 const char *name)
6956 {
6957 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6958 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6959 return TRUE;
6960
6961 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6962 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6963 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6964 return TRUE;
6965
6966 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6967 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6968 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6969 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6970 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6971 we treat such symbols as local. */
6972 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6973 return TRUE;
6974
6975 return FALSE;
6976 }
6977
6978 alent *
6979 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6980 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6981 {
6982 abort ();
6983 return NULL;
6984 }
6985
6986 bfd_boolean
6987 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6988 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6989 unsigned long machine)
6990 {
6991 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6992 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6993 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6994 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6995 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6996 return FALSE;
6997
6998 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6999 }
7000
7001 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7002 for error reporting. */
7003
7004 static bfd_boolean
7005 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7006 asection *section,
7007 asymbol **symbols,
7008 bfd_vma offset,
7009 const char **filename_ptr,
7010 const char **functionname_ptr)
7011 {
7012 const char *filename;
7013 asymbol *func, *file;
7014 bfd_vma low_func;
7015 asymbol **p;
7016 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7017 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7018 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7019 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7020 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7021 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7022 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7023 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7024 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7025
7026 filename = NULL;
7027 func = NULL;
7028 file = NULL;
7029 low_func = 0;
7030 state = nothing_seen;
7031
7032 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7033 {
7034 elf_symbol_type *q;
7035
7036 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
7037
7038 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
7039 {
7040 default:
7041 break;
7042 case STT_FILE:
7043 file = &q->symbol;
7044 if (state == symbol_seen)
7045 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7046 continue;
7047 case STT_NOTYPE:
7048 case STT_FUNC:
7049 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
7050 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
7051 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
7052 {
7053 func = (asymbol *) q;
7054 low_func = q->symbol.value;
7055 filename = NULL;
7056 if (file != NULL
7057 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
7058 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7059 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7060 }
7061 break;
7062 }
7063 if (state == nothing_seen)
7064 state = symbol_seen;
7065 }
7066
7067 if (func == NULL)
7068 return FALSE;
7069
7070 if (filename_ptr)
7071 *filename_ptr = filename;
7072 if (functionname_ptr)
7073 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7074
7075 return TRUE;
7076 }
7077
7078 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7079 for error reporting. */
7080
7081 bfd_boolean
7082 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7083 asection *section,
7084 asymbol **symbols,
7085 bfd_vma offset,
7086 const char **filename_ptr,
7087 const char **functionname_ptr,
7088 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7089 {
7090 bfd_boolean found;
7091
7092 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7093 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7094 line_ptr))
7095 {
7096 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7097 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7098 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7099 functionname_ptr);
7100
7101 return TRUE;
7102 }
7103
7104 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7105 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7106 line_ptr, 0,
7107 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7108 {
7109 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7110 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7111 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7112 functionname_ptr);
7113
7114 return TRUE;
7115 }
7116
7117 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7118 &found, filename_ptr,
7119 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7120 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7121 return FALSE;
7122 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7123 return TRUE;
7124
7125 if (symbols == NULL)
7126 return FALSE;
7127
7128 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7129 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7130 return FALSE;
7131
7132 *line_ptr = 0;
7133 return TRUE;
7134 }
7135
7136 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7137
7138 bfd_boolean
7139 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7140 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7141 {
7142 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7143 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7144 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7145 }
7146
7147 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7148 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7149 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7150 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7151 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7152
7153 bfd_boolean
7154 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7155 const char **filename_ptr,
7156 const char **functionname_ptr,
7157 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7158 {
7159 bfd_boolean found;
7160 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7161 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7162 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7163 return found;
7164 }
7165
7166 int
7167 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7168 {
7169 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7170 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7171
7172 if (!info->relocatable)
7173 {
7174 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7175
7176 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7177 {
7178 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7179
7180 phdr_size = 0;
7181 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7182 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7183
7184 if (phdr_size == 0)
7185 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7186 }
7187
7188 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7189 ret += phdr_size;
7190 }
7191
7192 return ret;
7193 }
7194
7195 bfd_boolean
7196 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7197 sec_ptr section,
7198 const void *location,
7199 file_ptr offset,
7200 bfd_size_type count)
7201 {
7202 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7203 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7204
7205 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7206 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7207 return FALSE;
7208
7209 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7210 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7211 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7212 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7213 return FALSE;
7214
7215 return TRUE;
7216 }
7217
7218 void
7219 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7220 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7221 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7222 {
7223 abort ();
7224 }
7225
7226 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7227
7228 bfd_boolean
7229 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7230 {
7231 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7232
7233 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7234 {
7235 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7236 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7237
7238 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7239 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7240
7241 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7242 {
7243 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7244 {
7245 case 8:
7246 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7247 break;
7248 case 12:
7249 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7250 break;
7251 case 16:
7252 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7253 break;
7254 case 24:
7255 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7256 break;
7257 case 32:
7258 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7259 break;
7260 case 64:
7261 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7262 break;
7263 default:
7264 goto fail;
7265 }
7266
7267 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7268
7269 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7270 {
7271 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7272 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7273 else
7274 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7275 }
7276 }
7277 else
7278 {
7279 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7280 {
7281 case 8:
7282 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7283 break;
7284 case 14:
7285 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7286 break;
7287 case 16:
7288 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7289 break;
7290 case 26:
7291 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7292 break;
7293 case 32:
7294 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7295 break;
7296 case 64:
7297 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7298 break;
7299 default:
7300 goto fail;
7301 }
7302
7303 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7304 }
7305
7306 if (howto)
7307 areloc->howto = howto;
7308 else
7309 goto fail;
7310 }
7311
7312 return TRUE;
7313
7314 fail:
7315 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7316 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7317 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7318 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7319 return FALSE;
7320 }
7321
7322 bfd_boolean
7323 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7324 {
7325 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7326 {
7327 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7328 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7329 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7330 }
7331
7332 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7333 }
7334
7335 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7336 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7337 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7338 this reloc. */
7339
7340 bfd_reloc_status_type
7341 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7342 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7343 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7344 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7345 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7346 {
7347 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7348 }
7349 \f
7350 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7351 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7352 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7353 out details about the corefile. */
7354
7355 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7356 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7357 #endif
7358
7359 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7360
7361 static int
7362 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7363 {
7364 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7365 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7366 }
7367
7368 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7369 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7370 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7371 overwrite it. */
7372
7373 static bfd_boolean
7374 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7375 {
7376 asection *sect2;
7377
7378 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7379 return TRUE;
7380
7381 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7382 if (sect2 == NULL)
7383 return FALSE;
7384
7385 sect2->size = sect->size;
7386 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7387 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7388 return TRUE;
7389 }
7390
7391 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7392 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7393 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7394 such a section already exists.
7395 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7396 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7397 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7398 bfd_boolean
7399 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7400 char *name,
7401 size_t size,
7402 ufile_ptr filepos)
7403 {
7404 char buf[100];
7405 char *threaded_name;
7406 size_t len;
7407 asection *sect;
7408
7409 /* Build the section name. */
7410
7411 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7412 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7413 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7414 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7415 return FALSE;
7416 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7417
7418 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7419 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7420 if (sect == NULL)
7421 return FALSE;
7422 sect->size = size;
7423 sect->filepos = filepos;
7424 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7425
7426 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7427 }
7428
7429 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7430 solaris 2.5+
7431 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7432 unixware 4.2
7433 */
7434
7435 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7436
7437 static bfd_boolean
7438 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7439 {
7440 size_t size;
7441 int offset;
7442
7443 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7444 {
7445 prstatus_t prstat;
7446
7447 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7448 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7449 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7450
7451 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7452 has already been set by another thread. */
7453 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7454 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7455 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7456
7457 /* pr_who exists on:
7458 solaris 2.5+
7459 unixware 4.2
7460 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7461 linux 2.[01]
7462 */
7463 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7464 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7465 #endif
7466 }
7467 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7468 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7469 {
7470 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7471 prstatus32_t prstat;
7472
7473 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7474 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7475 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7476
7477 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7478 has already been set by another thread. */
7479 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7480 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7481 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7482
7483 /* pr_who exists on:
7484 solaris 2.5+
7485 unixware 4.2
7486 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7487 linux 2.[01]
7488 */
7489 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7490 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7491 #endif
7492 }
7493 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7494 else
7495 {
7496 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7497 note size (ie. data object type). */
7498 return TRUE;
7499 }
7500
7501 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7502 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7503 size, note->descpos + offset);
7504 }
7505 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7506
7507 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7508 static bfd_boolean
7509 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7510 char *name,
7511 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7512 {
7513 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7514 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7515 }
7516
7517 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7518 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7519 data structure apart. */
7520
7521 static bfd_boolean
7522 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7523 {
7524 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7525 }
7526
7527 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7528 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7529 literally. */
7530
7531 static bfd_boolean
7532 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7533 {
7534 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7535 }
7536
7537 static bfd_boolean
7538 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7539 {
7540 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
7541 }
7542
7543
7544 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7545 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7546 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7547 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7548 #endif
7549 #endif
7550
7551 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7552 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7553 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7554 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7555 #endif
7556 #endif
7557
7558 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7559 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7560 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7561
7562 char *
7563 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7564 {
7565 char *dups;
7566 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7567 size_t len;
7568
7569 if (end == NULL)
7570 len = max;
7571 else
7572 len = end - start;
7573
7574 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7575 if (dups == NULL)
7576 return NULL;
7577
7578 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7579 dups[len] = '\0';
7580
7581 return dups;
7582 }
7583
7584 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7585 static bfd_boolean
7586 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7587 {
7588 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7589 {
7590 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7591
7592 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7593
7594 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7595 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7596 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7597
7598 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7599 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7600 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7601 }
7602 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7603 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7604 {
7605 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7606 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7607
7608 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7609
7610 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7611 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7612 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7613
7614 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7615 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7616 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7617 }
7618 #endif
7619
7620 else
7621 {
7622 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7623 note size (ie. data object type). */
7624 return TRUE;
7625 }
7626
7627 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7628 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7629 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7630
7631 {
7632 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7633 int n = strlen (command);
7634
7635 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7636 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7637 }
7638
7639 return TRUE;
7640 }
7641 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7642
7643 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7644 static bfd_boolean
7645 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7646 {
7647 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7648 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7649 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7650 #endif
7651 )
7652 {
7653 pstatus_t pstat;
7654
7655 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7656
7657 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7658 }
7659 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7660 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7661 {
7662 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7663 pstatus32_t pstat;
7664
7665 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7666
7667 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7668 }
7669 #endif
7670 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7671 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7672 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7673
7674 return TRUE;
7675 }
7676 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7677
7678 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7679 static bfd_boolean
7680 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7681 {
7682 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7683 char buf[100];
7684 char *name;
7685 size_t len;
7686 asection *sect;
7687
7688 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7689 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7690 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7691 #endif
7692 )
7693 return TRUE;
7694
7695 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7696
7697 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7698 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7699
7700 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7701
7702 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7703 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7704 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7705 if (name == NULL)
7706 return FALSE;
7707 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7708
7709 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7710 if (sect == NULL)
7711 return FALSE;
7712
7713 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7714 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7715 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7716 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7717 #endif
7718
7719 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7720 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7721 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7722 #endif
7723
7724 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7725
7726 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7727 return FALSE;
7728
7729 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7730
7731 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7732 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7733 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7734 if (name == NULL)
7735 return FALSE;
7736 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7737
7738 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7739 if (sect == NULL)
7740 return FALSE;
7741
7742 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7743 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7744 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7745 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7746 #endif
7747
7748 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7749 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7750 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7751 #endif
7752
7753 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7754
7755 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7756 }
7757 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7758
7759 static bfd_boolean
7760 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7761 {
7762 char buf[30];
7763 char *name;
7764 size_t len;
7765 asection *sect;
7766 int type;
7767 int is_active_thread;
7768 bfd_vma base_addr;
7769
7770 if (note->descsz < 728)
7771 return TRUE;
7772
7773 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
7774 return TRUE;
7775
7776 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
7777
7778 switch (type)
7779 {
7780 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7781 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7782 /* process_info.pid */
7783 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7784 /* process_info.signal */
7785 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7786 break;
7787
7788 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7789 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7790 /* thread_info.tid */
7791 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
7792
7793 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7794 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7795 if (name == NULL)
7796 return FALSE;
7797
7798 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7799
7800 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7801 if (sect == NULL)
7802 return FALSE;
7803
7804 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7805 sect->size = 716;
7806 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7807 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
7808 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7809
7810 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7811 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7812
7813 if (is_active_thread)
7814 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7815 return FALSE;
7816 break;
7817
7818 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7819 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7820 /* module_info.base_address */
7821 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
7822 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (long) base_addr);
7823
7824 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7825 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7826 if (name == NULL)
7827 return FALSE;
7828
7829 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7830
7831 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7832
7833 if (sect == NULL)
7834 return FALSE;
7835
7836 sect->size = note->descsz;
7837 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7838 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7839 break;
7840
7841 default:
7842 return TRUE;
7843 }
7844
7845 return TRUE;
7846 }
7847
7848 static bfd_boolean
7849 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7850 {
7851 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7852
7853 switch (note->type)
7854 {
7855 default:
7856 return TRUE;
7857
7858 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7859 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7860 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7861 return TRUE;
7862 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7863 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7864 #else
7865 return TRUE;
7866 #endif
7867
7868 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7869 case NT_PSTATUS:
7870 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7871 #endif
7872
7873 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7874 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7875 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7876 #endif
7877
7878 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7879 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7880
7881 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7882 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7883
7884 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7885 if (note->namesz == 6
7886 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7887 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7888 else
7889 return TRUE;
7890
7891 case NT_PPC_VMX:
7892 if (note->namesz == 6
7893 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7894 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
7895 else
7896 return TRUE;
7897
7898 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7899 case NT_PSINFO:
7900 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7901 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7902 return TRUE;
7903 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7904 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7905 #else
7906 return TRUE;
7907 #endif
7908
7909 case NT_AUXV:
7910 {
7911 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7912 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7913
7914 if (sect == NULL)
7915 return FALSE;
7916 sect->size = note->descsz;
7917 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7918 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7919
7920 return TRUE;
7921 }
7922 }
7923 }
7924
7925 static bfd_boolean
7926 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7927 {
7928 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
7929 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
7930 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
7931 return FALSE;
7932
7933 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
7934
7935 return TRUE;
7936 }
7937
7938 static bfd_boolean
7939 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7940 {
7941 switch (note->type)
7942 {
7943 default:
7944 return TRUE;
7945
7946 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
7947 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
7948 }
7949 }
7950
7951 static bfd_boolean
7952 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7953 {
7954 char *cp;
7955
7956 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7957 if (cp != NULL)
7958 {
7959 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7960 return TRUE;
7961 }
7962 return FALSE;
7963 }
7964
7965 static bfd_boolean
7966 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7967 {
7968 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7969 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7970 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7971
7972 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7973 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7974 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7975
7976 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7977 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7978 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7979
7980 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7981 note);
7982 }
7983
7984 static bfd_boolean
7985 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7986 {
7987 int lwp;
7988
7989 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7990 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7991
7992 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7993 {
7994 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7995 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7996 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7997 creates a core file. */
7998
7999 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8000 }
8001
8002 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8003 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8004 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8005 understand it. */
8006
8007 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8008 return TRUE;
8009
8010
8011 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8012 {
8013 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8014 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8015
8016 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8017 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8018 switch (note->type)
8019 {
8020 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8021 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8022
8023 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8024 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8025
8026 default:
8027 return TRUE;
8028 }
8029
8030 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8031 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8032
8033 default:
8034 switch (note->type)
8035 {
8036 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8037 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8038
8039 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8040 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8041
8042 default:
8043 return TRUE;
8044 }
8045 }
8046 /* NOTREACHED */
8047 }
8048
8049 static bfd_boolean
8050 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8051 {
8052 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8053 char buf[100];
8054 char *name;
8055 asection *sect;
8056 short sig;
8057 unsigned flags;
8058
8059 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8060 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8061
8062 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8063 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8064
8065 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8066 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8067
8068 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8069 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8070 {
8071 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8072 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8073 }
8074
8075 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8076 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8077 thread just in case. */
8078 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8079 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8080
8081 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8082 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8083
8084 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8085 if (name == NULL)
8086 return FALSE;
8087 strcpy (name, buf);
8088
8089 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8090 if (sect == NULL)
8091 return FALSE;
8092
8093 sect->size = note->descsz;
8094 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8095 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8096
8097 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8098 }
8099
8100 static bfd_boolean
8101 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8102 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8103 long tid,
8104 char *base)
8105 {
8106 char buf[100];
8107 char *name;
8108 asection *sect;
8109
8110 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8111 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8112
8113 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8114 if (name == NULL)
8115 return FALSE;
8116 strcpy (name, buf);
8117
8118 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8119 if (sect == NULL)
8120 return FALSE;
8121
8122 sect->size = note->descsz;
8123 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8124 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8125
8126 /* This is the current thread. */
8127 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8128 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8129
8130 return TRUE;
8131 }
8132
8133 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8134 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8135 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8136 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8137
8138 static bfd_boolean
8139 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8140 {
8141 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8142 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8143 function. */
8144 static long tid = 1;
8145
8146 switch (note->type)
8147 {
8148 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8149 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8150 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8151 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8152 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8153 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8154 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8155 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8156 default:
8157 return TRUE;
8158 }
8159 }
8160
8161 static bfd_boolean
8162 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8163 {
8164 char *name;
8165 asection *sect;
8166 size_t len;
8167
8168 /* Use note name as section name. */
8169 len = note->namesz;
8170 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8171 if (name == NULL)
8172 return FALSE;
8173 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8174 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8175
8176 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8177 if (sect == NULL)
8178 return FALSE;
8179
8180 sect->size = note->descsz;
8181 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8182 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8183
8184 return TRUE;
8185 }
8186
8187 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8188
8189 Inputs:
8190 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8191 name of note
8192 type of note
8193 data for note
8194 size of data for note
8195
8196 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8197 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8198 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8199 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8200
8201 Return:
8202 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8203
8204 char *
8205 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8206 char *buf,
8207 int *bufsiz,
8208 const char *name,
8209 int type,
8210 const void *input,
8211 int size)
8212 {
8213 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8214 size_t namesz;
8215 size_t newspace;
8216 char *dest;
8217
8218 namesz = 0;
8219 if (name != NULL)
8220 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8221
8222 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8223
8224 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8225 if (buf == NULL)
8226 return buf;
8227 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8228 *bufsiz += newspace;
8229 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8230 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8231 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8232 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8233 dest = xnp->name;
8234 if (name != NULL)
8235 {
8236 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8237 dest += namesz;
8238 while (namesz & 3)
8239 {
8240 *dest++ = '\0';
8241 ++namesz;
8242 }
8243 }
8244 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8245 dest += size;
8246 while (size & 3)
8247 {
8248 *dest++ = '\0';
8249 ++size;
8250 }
8251 return buf;
8252 }
8253
8254 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8255 char *
8256 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8257 char *buf,
8258 int *bufsiz,
8259 const char *fname,
8260 const char *psargs)
8261 {
8262 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8263 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8264
8265 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8266 {
8267 char *ret;
8268 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8269 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8270 if (ret != NULL)
8271 return ret;
8272 }
8273
8274 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8275 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8276 {
8277 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8278 psinfo32_t data;
8279 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8280 #else
8281 prpsinfo32_t data;
8282 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8283 #endif
8284
8285 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8286 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8287 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8288 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8289 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8290 }
8291 else
8292 #endif
8293 {
8294 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8295 psinfo_t data;
8296 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8297 #else
8298 prpsinfo_t data;
8299 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8300 #endif
8301
8302 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8303 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8304 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8305 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8306 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8307 }
8308 }
8309 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8310
8311 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8312 char *
8313 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8314 char *buf,
8315 int *bufsiz,
8316 long pid,
8317 int cursig,
8318 const void *gregs)
8319 {
8320 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8321 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8322
8323 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8324 {
8325 char *ret;
8326 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8327 NT_PRSTATUS,
8328 pid, cursig, gregs);
8329 if (ret != NULL)
8330 return ret;
8331 }
8332
8333 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8334 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8335 {
8336 prstatus32_t prstat;
8337
8338 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8339 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8340 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8341 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8342 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8343 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8344 }
8345 else
8346 #endif
8347 {
8348 prstatus_t prstat;
8349
8350 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8351 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8352 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8353 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8354 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8355 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8356 }
8357 }
8358 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8359
8360 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8361 char *
8362 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8363 char *buf,
8364 int *bufsiz,
8365 long pid,
8366 int cursig,
8367 const void *gregs)
8368 {
8369 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8370 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8371
8372 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8373 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8374 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8375 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8376 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8377 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8378 #if !defined(gregs)
8379 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8380 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8381 #else
8382 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8383 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8384 #endif
8385 #endif
8386 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8387 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8388 }
8389 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8390
8391 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8392 char *
8393 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8394 char *buf,
8395 int *bufsiz,
8396 long pid,
8397 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8398 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8399 {
8400 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8401 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8402 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8403
8404 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8405 {
8406 pstatus32_t pstat;
8407
8408 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8409 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8410 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8411 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8412 return buf;
8413 }
8414 else
8415 #endif
8416 {
8417 pstatus_t pstat;
8418
8419 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8420 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8421 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8422 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8423 return buf;
8424 }
8425 }
8426 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8427
8428 char *
8429 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8430 char *buf,
8431 int *bufsiz,
8432 const void *fpregs,
8433 int size)
8434 {
8435 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8436 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8437 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8438 }
8439
8440 char *
8441 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8442 char *buf,
8443 int *bufsiz,
8444 const void *xfpregs,
8445 int size)
8446 {
8447 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8448 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8449 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8450 }
8451
8452 char *
8453 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
8454 char *buf,
8455 int *bufsiz,
8456 const void *ppc_vmx,
8457 int size)
8458 {
8459 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8460 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8461 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
8462 }
8463
8464 static bfd_boolean
8465 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
8466 {
8467 char *p;
8468
8469 p = buf;
8470 while (p < buf + size)
8471 {
8472 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8473 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8474 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8475
8476 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8477
8478 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8479 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8480
8481 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8482 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8483 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8484
8485 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
8486 {
8487 default:
8488 return TRUE;
8489
8490 case bfd_core:
8491 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8492 {
8493 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8494 return FALSE;
8495 }
8496 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8497 {
8498 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8499 return FALSE;
8500 }
8501 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
8502 {
8503 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
8504 return FALSE;
8505 }
8506 else
8507 {
8508 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8509 return FALSE;
8510 }
8511 break;
8512
8513 case bfd_object:
8514 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
8515 {
8516 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
8517 return FALSE;
8518 }
8519 break;
8520 }
8521
8522 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8523 }
8524
8525 return TRUE;
8526 }
8527
8528 static bfd_boolean
8529 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8530 {
8531 char *buf;
8532
8533 if (size <= 0)
8534 return TRUE;
8535
8536 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8537 return FALSE;
8538
8539 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8540 if (buf == NULL)
8541 return FALSE;
8542
8543 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
8544 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
8545 {
8546 free (buf);
8547 return FALSE;
8548 }
8549
8550 free (buf);
8551 return TRUE;
8552 }
8553 \f
8554 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8555
8556 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8557 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8558 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8559
8560 long
8561 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8562 {
8563 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8564 {
8565 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8566 return -1;
8567 }
8568
8569 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8570 }
8571
8572 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8573 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8574 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8575 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8576
8577 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8578 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8579
8580 int
8581 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8582 {
8583 int num_phdrs;
8584
8585 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8586 {
8587 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8588 return -1;
8589 }
8590
8591 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8592 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8593 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8594
8595 return num_phdrs;
8596 }
8597
8598 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8599 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8600 {
8601 return reloc_class_normal;
8602 }
8603
8604 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8605 relocation against a local symbol. */
8606
8607 bfd_vma
8608 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8609 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8610 asection **psec,
8611 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8612 {
8613 asection *sec = *psec;
8614 bfd_vma relocation;
8615
8616 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8617 + sec->output_offset
8618 + sym->st_value);
8619 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8620 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8621 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8622 {
8623 rel->r_addend =
8624 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8625 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8626 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8627 if (sec != *psec)
8628 {
8629 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8630 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8631 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8632 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8633 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8634 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8635 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8636 sec = *psec;
8637 }
8638 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8639 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8640 }
8641 return relocation;
8642 }
8643
8644 bfd_vma
8645 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8646 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8647 asection **psec,
8648 bfd_vma addend)
8649 {
8650 asection *sec = *psec;
8651
8652 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8653 return sym->st_value + addend;
8654
8655 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8656 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8657 sym->st_value + addend);
8658 }
8659
8660 bfd_vma
8661 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8662 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8663 asection *sec,
8664 bfd_vma offset)
8665 {
8666 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8667 {
8668 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8669 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8670 offset);
8671 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8672 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8673 default:
8674 return offset;
8675 }
8676 }
8677 \f
8678 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8679 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8680 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8681 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8682 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8683 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8684
8685 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8686 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8687 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8688 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8689 the remote memory. */
8690
8691 bfd *
8692 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8693 (bfd *templ,
8694 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8695 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8696 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8697 {
8698 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8699 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8700 }
8701 \f
8702 long
8703 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8704 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8705 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8706 long dynsymcount,
8707 asymbol **dynsyms,
8708 asymbol **ret)
8709 {
8710 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8711 asection *relplt;
8712 asymbol *s;
8713 const char *relplt_name;
8714 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8715 arelent *p;
8716 long count, i, n;
8717 size_t size;
8718 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8719 char *names;
8720 asection *plt;
8721
8722 *ret = NULL;
8723
8724 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8725 return 0;
8726
8727 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8728 return 0;
8729
8730 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8731 return 0;
8732
8733 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8734 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8735 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8736 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8737 if (relplt == NULL)
8738 return 0;
8739
8740 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8741 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8742 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8743 return 0;
8744
8745 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8746 if (plt == NULL)
8747 return 0;
8748
8749 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8750 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8751 return -1;
8752
8753 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8754 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8755 p = relplt->relocation;
8756 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8757 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8758
8759 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8760 if (s == NULL)
8761 return -1;
8762
8763 names = (char *) (s + count);
8764 p = relplt->relocation;
8765 n = 0;
8766 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8767 {
8768 size_t len;
8769 bfd_vma addr;
8770
8771 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8772 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8773 continue;
8774
8775 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8776 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8777 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8778 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8779 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8780 s->section = plt;
8781 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8782 s->name = names;
8783 s->udata.p = NULL;
8784 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8785 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8786 names += len;
8787 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8788 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8789 ++s, ++n;
8790 }
8791
8792 return n;
8793 }
8794
8795 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8796 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8797 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8798 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8799
8800 void
8801 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8802 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8803 {
8804 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8805
8806 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8807
8808 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8809 }
8810
8811
8812 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8813 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8814 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8815
8816 bfd_boolean
8817 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8818 {
8819 return (type == STT_FUNC);
8820 }
This page took 0.274647 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.